6922 lines
276 KiB
Plaintext
6922 lines
276 KiB
Plaintext
.Language=Slovak,Slovak (Slovenčina)
|
||
.Options CtrlColorChar=\
|
||
.Options CtrlStartPosChar=^<wrap>
|
||
|
||
|
||
@CodepagesSettings=CodepagesMenu
|
||
@ConfirmationsSettings=ConfirmDlg
|
||
@DescriptionsSettings=FileDiz
|
||
@Editor.WordDiv=System.WordDiv
|
||
@History.CommandHistory.Count=History.Config
|
||
@History.CommandHistory.Lifetime=History.Config
|
||
@History.DialogHistory.Count=History.Config
|
||
@History.DialogHistory.Lifetime=History.Config
|
||
@History.FolderHistory.Count=History.Config
|
||
@History.FolderHistory.Lifetime=History.Config
|
||
@History.ViewEditHistory.Count=History.Config
|
||
@History.ViewEditHistory.Lifetime=History.Config
|
||
@Interface.CompletionSettings=AutoCompleteSettings
|
||
@Interface.CursorSize1=Interface.CursorSize
|
||
@Interface.CursorSize2=Interface.CursorSize
|
||
@Interface.CursorSize3=Interface.CursorSize
|
||
@Interface.CursorSize4=Interface.CursorSize
|
||
@Interface.EditorTitleFormat=TitleFormat
|
||
@Interface.ViewerTitleFormat=TitleFormat
|
||
@InterfaceSettings=InterfSettings
|
||
@Panel.InfoSettings=InfoPanel
|
||
@Panel.Layout.DoubleGlobalColumnSeparator=PanelSettings
|
||
@Panel.Left=PanelCmdSort
|
||
@Panel.Right=PanelCmdSort
|
||
@Panel.Tree.AutoChangeFolder=TreeSettings
|
||
@Panel.Tree.MinTreeCount=TreeSettings
|
||
@ScreenSettings=InterfSettings
|
||
@System.MsHWheelDelta=System.MsWheelDelta
|
||
@System.MsHWheelDeltaEdit=System.MsWheelDelta
|
||
@System.MsHWheelDeltaView=System.MsWheelDelta
|
||
@System.MsWheelDeltaEdit=System.MsWheelDelta
|
||
@System.MsWheelDeltaHelp=System.MsWheelDelta
|
||
@System.MsWheelDeltaView=System.MsWheelDelta
|
||
@Viewer.F8CPs=Editor.F8CPs
|
||
@XLat.Rules1=XLat.Rules
|
||
@XLat.Rules2=XLat.Rules
|
||
@XLat.Rules3=XLat.Rules
|
||
@XLat.Table1=XLat.Tables
|
||
@XLat.Table2=XLat.Tables
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Contents
|
||
$^#Manažér súborov a archívov#
|
||
$^#3.0.6060.0 x64#
|
||
$^#Copyright © 1996-2000 Eugene Roshal#
|
||
$^#Copyright © 2000-2022 Far Group#
|
||
~Help file index~@Index@
|
||
~Ako používať nápovedu~@Help@
|
||
|
||
~O programe Far~@About@
|
||
~License~@License@
|
||
|
||
~Prepínače použiteľné z príkazového riadku~@CmdLine@
|
||
~Klávesové skratky~@KeyRef@
|
||
~Podpora prídavných modulov~@Plugins@
|
||
~Overview of plugin capabilities~@PluginsReviews@
|
||
|
||
~Panely~@Panels@:
|
||
~Súborový panel~@FilePanel@
|
||
~Stromový panel~@TreePanel@
|
||
~Informačný panel~@InfoPanel@
|
||
~Panel rýchleho prezerania~@QViewPanel@
|
||
~Ťahaj a pusť súbory~@DragAndDrop@
|
||
~Úprava zobrazovacích módov v súborovom paneli~@PanelViewModes@
|
||
~Označovanie súborov~@SelectFiles@
|
||
|
||
~Menu~@Menus@:
|
||
~Menu Ľavý a Pravý~@LeftRightMenu@
|
||
~Menu Súbory~@FilesMenu@
|
||
~Menu Príkazy~@CmdMenu@
|
||
~Menu Nastavenia~@OptMenu@
|
||
|
||
~Nájdi súbor~@FindFile@
|
||
~História~@History@
|
||
~Vyhľadanie adresára~@FindFolder@
|
||
~Porovnanie adresárov~@CompFolders@
|
||
~Užívateľské menu~@UserMenu@
|
||
~Zmena jednotky~@DriveDlg@
|
||
|
||
~Typy súborov~@FileAssoc@
|
||
~Operating system commands~@OSCommands@
|
||
~Skratky k adresárom~@FolderShortcuts@
|
||
~Skupiny triedenia~@SortGroups@
|
||
~Filter zobrazených súborov~@FiltersMenu@
|
||
~Prepínanie obrazoviek~@ScrSwitch@
|
||
~Zoznam úloh~@TaskList@
|
||
~Hotplug devices list~@HotPlugList@
|
||
|
||
~Nastavenia systému~@SystemSettings@
|
||
~Nastavenia panelov~@PanelSettings@
|
||
~Tree settings~@TreeSettings@
|
||
~Nastavenia prostredia~@InterfSettings@
|
||
~Dialog settings~@DialogSettings@
|
||
~Menu settings~@VMenuSettings@
|
||
~Command line settings~@CmdlineSettings@
|
||
|
||
~Zvýrazňovanie súborov~@Highlight@
|
||
~Popis súborov~@FileDiz@
|
||
~Nastavenie prezerača~@ViewerSettings@
|
||
~Nastavenie editora~@EditorSettings@
|
||
|
||
~Kopírovanie, presúvanie, premenovávanie a vytváranie linkov~@CopyFiles@
|
||
|
||
~Zabudovaný prezerač~@Viewer@
|
||
~Zabudovaný editor~@Editor@
|
||
|
||
~Masky súborov~@FileMasks@
|
||
~Klávesové makrá~@KeyMacro@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Help
|
||
$ #Ako používať nápovedu#
|
||
Obrazovky nápovedy môžu obsahovať odkazy na inú obrazovku nápovedy.
|
||
Also, the main page has the "~Help Index~@Index@", which lists all the
|
||
topics available in the help file and in some cases helps to find the needed
|
||
information faster.
|
||
|
||
Použitím klávesov #Tab# a #Shift+Tab# môžete presúvať kurzor medzi týmito
|
||
odkazmi a potom stlačením klávesu Enter sa dostanete na obrazovku popisujúcu
|
||
danú položku. S myšou sa presuniete pomocou kliknutia na daný odkaz.
|
||
|
||
Ak sa text nezmestí celý do okna nápovedy, zobrazí sa posuvník. Vtedy
|
||
možno na pohyb textu použiť #kurzorové klávesy#.
|
||
|
||
Stlačením #Alt+F1# alebo #BS# (#BackSpace#) sa dostanete na predošlú
|
||
obrazovku a stlačením #Shift+F1# na obsah nápovedy.
|
||
|
||
Pre nápovedu k ~prídavným modulom~@Plugins@ stlačte #Shift+F2#.
|
||
|
||
Press #F7# to search for text in the current help file. Search results
|
||
will be displayed as links to relevant topics.
|
||
|
||
#Help# is shown by default in a reduced windows, you can maximize it by
|
||
pressing #F5# "#Zoom#", pressing #F5# again will restore the window to the
|
||
previous size.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@About
|
||
$ #O programe Far#
|
||
#Far# je manažér súborov a archívov pre Windows, pracujúci v textovom móde.
|
||
Podporuje #dlhé mená súborov# a ponúka širokú paletu operácií so súbormi a adresármi.
|
||
|
||
#Far# is #freeware# and #open source# software distributed under the
|
||
revised BSD ~license~@License@.
|
||
|
||
Far ponúka transparentnú prácu s #archívmi#. So súbormi v archívoch sa
|
||
pracuje podobne ako v adresári: keď pracujete s archívom, Far transformuje
|
||
vaše príkazy do zodpovedajúcich volaní externých archivačných programov.
|
||
|
||
Far taktiež obsahuje množstvo servisných funkcií.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@License
|
||
$ #Far: License#
|
||
Copyright © 1996 Eugene Roshal
|
||
Copyright © 2000 Far Group
|
||
All rights reserved.
|
||
|
||
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||
are met:
|
||
1. ^<wrap>Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||
3. The name of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||
|
||
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR `AS IS' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
|
||
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
|
||
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
|
||
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
|
||
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
|
||
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
|
||
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@CmdLine
|
||
$ #Prepínače použiteľné z príkazového riadku#
|
||
V príkazovom riadku možno použiť nasledovné prepínače:
|
||
|
||
#-e[<riadok>[:<pozícia>]] <názov súboru>#
|
||
Edituj určený súbor. Po /e môžete voliteľne určiť na ktorom riadku
|
||
a stĺpci má editor umiestniť kurzor.
|
||
Napríklad: far -e70:2 citaj.ma
|
||
|
||
#-p[<path>]#
|
||
Search for "main" plugins in the folder given in <path>.
|
||
Several search paths can be specified, separated by ‘;’.
|
||
|
||
Example: #far -p%USERPROFILE%\\Far\\Plugins#
|
||
|
||
#-co#
|
||
Forces Far to load plugins from cache only. Plugins are loaded faster this way,
|
||
but new or changed plugins are not discovered. Should be used #only# with a stable
|
||
list of plugins. After adding, replacing or deleting a plugin Far should be loaded
|
||
without this switch. If the cache is empty, no plugins will be loaded.
|
||
|
||
Remarks about switches -p and -co:
|
||
- ^<wrap>if -p is empty, then Far will be loaded with no plugins;
|
||
- ^<wrap>if -p is given with a <path>, then only plugins from <path> will be loaded;
|
||
- ^<wrap>if only the -co switch is given and plugins cache is not empty, then plugins
|
||
will be loaded from cache;
|
||
- ^<wrap>-co is ignored, if -p is given;
|
||
- ^<wrap>if -p and -co are not given, then plugins will be loaded from the 'Plugins'
|
||
folder, which is in the same folder as Far.exe, and the 'Plugins' folder, which is in the
|
||
user profile folder (#%APPDATA%\\Far Manager\\Profile# by default).
|
||
|
||
#-m#
|
||
Far will not load macros when started.
|
||
|
||
#-ma#
|
||
Macros with the "Run after Far start" option set will not be run when Far is started.
|
||
|
||
#-s <profilepath> [<localprofilepath>]#
|
||
Custom location for Far configuration files (overrides the ini file).
|
||
|
||
#-u <názov užívateľa>#
|
||
Dovoľuje mať oddelené nastavenia pre rôznych užívateľov.
|
||
Affects only 1.x Far Manager plugins
|
||
Napríklad: far -u guest
|
||
|
||
Far Manager will set the ~environment variable~@FAREnv@ "FARUSER" to the value <username>.
|
||
|
||
#-v <názov súboru>#
|
||
Načíta do prezerača špecifikovaný súbor. Ak je <názov súboru> #-#, dáta sú načítané zo štandardného vstupu (stdin).
|
||
|
||
Napríklad, "dir|far -v -" načíta do prezerača výstup príkazu dir.
|
||
|
||
If the input stream is empty when using ‘-’ (for example, you have not specified
|
||
the "dir" command in the provided example), Far will wait for the end of data
|
||
in the input stream until you press Ctrl+Break.
|
||
|
||
#-w[-]#
|
||
Show the interface within the console window instead of the console buffer or vice versa.
|
||
|
||
#-t templateprofile#
|
||
Location of Far template configuration file (overrides the ini file).
|
||
|
||
#-title[:<title>]#
|
||
If <title> string is provided, use it as the window title; otherwise
|
||
inherit the console window's title. Macro #%Default# in the custom title
|
||
string will be replaced with the standard context-dependent Far window's
|
||
title.
|
||
|
||
#-clearcache [profilepath [localprofilepath]]#
|
||
Clear plugins cache.
|
||
|
||
#-export <out.farconfig> [profilepath [localprofilepath]]#
|
||
Export settings to file out.farconfig.
|
||
|
||
#-import <in.farconfig> [profilepath [localprofilepath]]#
|
||
Import settings from file in.farconfig.
|
||
|
||
#-ro[-]#
|
||
Read-only or normal config mode (overrides the ini file).
|
||
|
||
#-set:<parameter>=<value>#
|
||
Override the configuration parameter, see ~far:config~@FarConfig@ for details.
|
||
|
||
#-x#
|
||
Disable exception handling. This parameter is for developers
|
||
and is not recommended for normal operations.
|
||
|
||
It is possible to specify at most two paths (to folders, files or archives) or
|
||
two commands with plugin prefix in the command line. The first path applies to the
|
||
active panel, the second path - to the passive one:
|
||
- ^<wrap>if a folder or archive is specified, Far will show its contents;
|
||
- ^<wrap>if a file is specified, Far will change to the folder where it
|
||
resides and place the cursor on the file, if it exists;
|
||
- ^<wrap>when prefixes specified (simultaneous use with common paths allowed)
|
||
passive command executes first (passive panel activates temporary).
|
||
Single letter prefixes A-Z or conflicted with disk letter will be ignored.
|
||
Example: far arc:c:\\Far20.7z "lua:msgbox('Far Manager','Successfully started')"
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyRef
|
||
$ #Klávesové skratky#
|
||
~Príkazy na ovládanie panelov~@PanelCmd@
|
||
|
||
~Príkazy pre príkazový riadok~@CmdLineCmd@
|
||
|
||
~Príkazy pre prácu so súbormi a servisné príkazy~@FuncCmd@
|
||
|
||
~Mouse: wheel support~@MsWheel@
|
||
|
||
~Menu control commands~@MenuCmd@
|
||
|
||
~Screen grabber~@Grabber@
|
||
|
||
~Ostatné~@MiscCmd@
|
||
|
||
~Special commands~@SpecCmd@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@MenuCmd
|
||
$ #Menu control commands#
|
||
#Common menu and drop-down list commands#
|
||
|
||
Filter menu or list items #Ctrl+Alt+F,RAlt#
|
||
Lock filter #Ctrl+Alt+L#
|
||
|
||
See also the list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroMenuList@, available in the menus.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@PanelCmd
|
||
$ #Príkazy na ovládanie panelov#
|
||
#Základné príkazy panelu#
|
||
|
||
Zmeň aktívny panel #Tab#
|
||
Vymeň panely #Ctrl+U#
|
||
Aktualizuj panel (znovu načítaj) #Ctrl+R#
|
||
Zap./vyp. informačný panel #Ctrl+L#
|
||
Zap./vyp. ~panel rýchleho prezerania~@QViewPanel@ #Ctrl+Q#
|
||
Zap./vyp. ~stromový panel~@TreePanel@ #Ctrl+T#
|
||
Schovaj/zobraz oba panely #Ctrl+O#
|
||
Temporarily hide both panels #Ctrl+Alt+Shift#
|
||
(as long as these keys are held down)
|
||
Schovaj/zobraz neaktívny panel #Ctrl+P#
|
||
Schovaj/zobraz ľavý panel #Ctrl+F1#
|
||
Schovaj/zobraz pravý panel #Ctrl+F2#
|
||
Zmeň výšku panelov #Ctrl+Nahor,Ctrl+Nadol#
|
||
Change current panel height #Ctrl+Shift+Up,Ctrl+Shift+Down#
|
||
Zmeň šírku panelov #Ctrl+Doľ,Ctrl+Dopr#
|
||
(ak je prík. riadok prázdny)
|
||
Vráť štandartnú šírku panelov #Ctrl+NumKlav5#
|
||
Restore default panels height #Ctrl+Alt+Numpad5#
|
||
Show/Hide functional key bar at the bottom line. #Ctrl+B#
|
||
Toggle total and free size show mode #Ctrl+Shift+S#
|
||
in bytes (if possible) or with size suffixes K/M/G/T
|
||
|
||
#Súborové príkazy panelu#
|
||
|
||
~Označ/odznač súbor~@SelectFiles@ #Ins, Shift+Kurzorové klávesy#
|
||
#Right mouse button#
|
||
Označ skupinu #Sivý +#
|
||
Odznač skupinu #Sivý -#
|
||
Invertuj označenie #Sivý *#
|
||
Označ súbory s príponou ako má aktuálny súbor #Ctrl+<Sivý +>#
|
||
Odznač súbory s príponou ako má aktuálny súbor #Ctrl+<Sivý ->#
|
||
Invertuj označenie vrátane adresárov #Ctrl+<Sivý *>#
|
||
Označ súbory s menom ako má aktuálny súbor #Alt+<Sivý +>#
|
||
Odznač súbory s menom ako má aktuálny súbor #Alt+<Sivý ->#
|
||
Invert selection on files, deselect folders #Alt+<Gray *>#
|
||
Označ všetky súbory #Shift+<Sivý +>#
|
||
Odznač všetky súbory #Shift+<Sivý ->#
|
||
Obnov predchádzajúce označenie #Ctrl+M#
|
||
|
||
Skroluj dlhé mená súborov a popisy #Alt+Doľava,Alt+Doprava#
|
||
#Alt+Home,Alt+End#
|
||
|
||
Nastav "stručný" mód zobrazenia #ĽavýCtrl+1#
|
||
Nastav "stredný" mód zobrazenia #ĽavýCtrl+2#
|
||
Nastav "úplny" mód zobrazenia #ĽavýCtrl+3#
|
||
Nastav "široký" mód zobrazenia #ĽavýCtrl+4#
|
||
Nastav "detailný" mód zobrazenia #ĽavýCtrl+5#
|
||
Nastav mód zobrazenia popisov #ĽavýCtrl+6#
|
||
Nastav mód zobrazenia dlhých popisov #ĽavýCtrl+7#
|
||
Mastav mód zobrazenia vlastníkov súborov #ĽavýCtrl+8#
|
||
Mastav mód zobrazenia liniek súborov #ĽavýCtrl+9#
|
||
Mastav alternatívny "plný" mód zobrazenia #ĽavýCtrl+0#
|
||
|
||
Zap./vyp. zobrazovanie skrytých a systémových súborov #Ctrl+H#
|
||
Zap./vyp. zobrazovanie dlhých mien súborov #Ctrl+N#
|
||
|
||
Schovaj/zobraz ľavý panel #Ctrl+F1#
|
||
Schovaj/zobraz pravý panel #Ctrl+F2#
|
||
|
||
Zoraď súbory aktívneho panelu podľa mena #Ctrl+F3#
|
||
Zoraď súbory aktívneho panelu podľa prípony #Ctrl+F4#
|
||
Zoraď súbory aktívneho panelu podľa času modifikácie #Ctrl+F5#
|
||
Zoraď súbory aktívneho panelu podľa dĺžky #Ctrl+F6#
|
||
Nechaj súbory aktívneho panelu podľa nezoradené #Ctrl+F7#
|
||
Zoraď súbory aktívneho panelu podľa času vytvorenia #Ctrl+F8#
|
||
Zoraď súbory aktívneho panelu podľa času prístupu #Ctrl+F9#
|
||
Zoraď súbory aktívneho panelu podľa času popisu #Ctrl+F10#
|
||
Zoraď súbory aktívneho panelu podľa vlastníka #Ctrl+F11#
|
||
Zobraz menu ~zoraďovacích módov~@PanelCmdSort@ #Ctrl+F12#
|
||
Používaj zoraďovanie skupín #Shift+F11#
|
||
Zobrazuj označené súbory ako prvé #Shift+F12#
|
||
|
||
Create a ~folder shortcut~@FolderShortcuts@ #Ctrl+Shift+0…9#
|
||
Jump to a folder shortcut #RightCtrl+0…9#
|
||
|
||
If the active panel is a ~quick view panel~@QViewPanel@, a ~tree panel~@TreePanel@ or
|
||
an ~information panel~@InfoPanel@, the directory is changed not on the
|
||
active, but on the passive panel.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Ins#
|
||
Copy names of the selected files to clipboard (if the command line is empty).
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+Ins#
|
||
Skopíruj označené mená súborov do schránky.
|
||
|
||
#Alt+Shift+Ins#
|
||
Copy full names of selected files to clipboard.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Alt+Ins#
|
||
Copy real names of selected files to clipboard.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+C#
|
||
Copy the selected files to clipboard.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+X#
|
||
Cut the selected files to clipboard.
|
||
|
||
Files, copied or cut from the panels, can be pasted to other applications, e.g. Explorer.
|
||
|
||
See also the list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroShellList@, available in the panels.
|
||
|
||
Poznámky:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>Ak máte nastavené "Povoliť triedenie v opačnom poradí" v ~nastavení panelov~@PanelSettings@,
|
||
opakované stláčanie rovnakého klávesu zoraďovania vedie k zmene
|
||
spôsobu zoraďovania zo vzostupného na zostupné a naopak;
|
||
|
||
2. ^<wrap>Kombinácie Alt+Doľava a Alt+Doprava, používané na skrolovanie
|
||
dlhých mien a popisov nepracujú s klávesmi na numerickej
|
||
klávesnici. Je to preto, lebo keď stlačíte Alt, čísla na nej sa
|
||
používajú na vkladanie znakov pomocou ich číselných kódov.
|
||
|
||
3. ^<wrap>The key combination #Ctrl+Alt+Ins# puts the following text into the clipboard:
|
||
- ^<wrap>for network drives: the network (UNC) name of the file object;
|
||
- ^<wrap>for local drives: the local name of the file taking into account
|
||
~symbolic links~@HardSymLink@.
|
||
|
||
4. ^<wrap>If #Ctrl+Ins#, #Alt+Shift+Ins# or #Ctrl+Alt+Ins# is pressed when the cursor
|
||
is on the file "#..#", the name of the current folder is copied.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@PanelCmdSort
|
||
$ #Sort modes#
|
||
The sort modes menu is called by #Ctrl+F12# and applies to the currently
|
||
active panel. The following sort modes are available:
|
||
|
||
Sort files by name #Ctrl+F3#
|
||
Sort files by extension #Ctrl+F4#
|
||
Sort files by last write time #Ctrl+F5#
|
||
Sort files by size #Ctrl+F6#
|
||
Keep files unsorted #Ctrl+F7#
|
||
Sort files by creation time #Ctrl+F8#
|
||
Sort files by access time #Ctrl+F9#
|
||
Sort files by description #Ctrl+F10#
|
||
Sort files by file owner #Ctrl+F11#
|
||
|
||
The #+# key sets the sorting order to be direct.
|
||
The #-# key sets the sorting order to be reversed.
|
||
The #*# key changes the sorting order to be reversed.
|
||
|
||
Use group sorting #Shift+F11#
|
||
Show selected files first #Shift+F12#
|
||
|
||
You can ~fine-tune~@PanelSortCriteria@ sort modes by pressing #F4#.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@PanelSortCriteria
|
||
$ #Sort criteria#
|
||
When files are considered equivalent using the selected sort mode, additional sort criteria are taken into account.
|
||
For example, if files are sorted by size and both "a.txt" and "b.txt" have the same size, "a.txt" will come first, as if they were sorted by name.
|
||
In this menu you can adjust the set of criteria associated with the selected sort mode.
|
||
|
||
#Ins#
|
||
Add a criterion to the set.
|
||
|
||
#Del#
|
||
Remove the selected criterion.
|
||
|
||
#F4#
|
||
Replace the selected criterion.
|
||
|
||
#+#
|
||
Use ascending order.
|
||
|
||
#-#
|
||
Use descending order.
|
||
|
||
#*#
|
||
Change the order.
|
||
|
||
#=#
|
||
Inherit the order from the corresponding sort mode.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Up#
|
||
Move the criterion up.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Down#
|
||
Move the criterion down.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+R#
|
||
Reset the set of criteria to default.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FastFind
|
||
$ #Fast find in panels#
|
||
To locate a file quickly, you can use the #fast find# operation and enter
|
||
the starting characters of the file name. In order to use that, hold down the
|
||
#Alt# (or #Alt+Shift#) keys and start typing the name of the needed file, until
|
||
the cursor is positioned to it.
|
||
|
||
By pressing #Ctrl+Enter#, you can cycle through the files matching the part
|
||
of the filename that you have already entered. #Ctrl+Shift+Enter# allows to
|
||
cycle backwards.
|
||
|
||
Besides the filename characters, you can also use the wildcard characters
|
||
‘*’ and ‘?’.
|
||
|
||
Insertion of text, pasted from clipboard (#Ctrl+V# or #Shift+Ins#), to the
|
||
fast find dialog will continue as long as there is a match found.
|
||
|
||
It is possible to use the transliteration function while entering text in
|
||
the search field. If used the entered text will be transliterated and a new
|
||
match corresponding to the new text will be searched. See ~XLat.Flags~@XLat.Flags@ on how
|
||
to set the hotkey for the transliteration.
|
||
|
||
See also the list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroSearchList@, available in fast find.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@CmdLineCmd
|
||
$ #Príkazy pre príkazový riadok#
|
||
#Common command line commands#
|
||
|
||
Posun o znak doľava #Doľava,Ctrl+S#
|
||
Posun o znak doprava #Doprava,Ctrl+D#
|
||
Posun o slovo doľava #Ctrl+Doľava#
|
||
Posun o slovo doprava #Ctrl+Doprava#
|
||
Presun na začiatok riadku #Ctrl+Home#
|
||
Presun na koniec riadku #Ctrl+End#
|
||
Vymazanie znaku pod kurzorom #Del#
|
||
Vymazanie znaku pred kurzorom (naľavo od kurzora) #BS#
|
||
Vymazanie po koniec riadku #Ctrl+K#
|
||
Vymazanie slova naľavo #Ctrl+BS#
|
||
Vymazanie slova napravo #Ctrl+Del#
|
||
Skopíruj do schránky #Ctrl+Ins#
|
||
Vlož zo schránky #Shift+Ins#
|
||
Predošlý príkaz #Ctrl+E#
|
||
Nasledujúci príkaz #Ctrl+X#
|
||
Vymaž príkazový riadok #Ctrl+Y#
|
||
|
||
#Insertion commands#
|
||
|
||
Vlož názov súboru z aktívneho panelu #Ctrl+J, Ctrl+Enter#
|
||
|
||
In the ~fast find~@FastFind@ mode, #Ctrl+Enter# does not insert a
|
||
file name, but instead cycles the files matching the
|
||
file mask entered in the fast find box.
|
||
|
||
Insert current file name from the passive panel #Ctrl+Shift+Enter#
|
||
Vlož plný názov súboru z aktívneho panelu #Ctrl+F#
|
||
Vlož plný názov súboru z pasívneho panelu #Ctrl+;#
|
||
Insert network (UNC) file name from the active panel #Ctrl+Alt+F#
|
||
Insert network (UNC) file name from the passive panel #Ctrl+Alt+;#
|
||
|
||
Vlož cestu z ľavého panelu #Ctrl+[#
|
||
Vlož cestu z pravého panelu #Ctrl+]#
|
||
Insert network (UNC) path from the left panel #Ctrl+Alt+[#
|
||
Insert network (UNC) path from the right panel #Ctrl+Alt+]#
|
||
|
||
Vlož cestu z aktívneho panelu #Ctrl+Shift+[#
|
||
Vlož cestu z pasívneho panelu #Ctrl+Shift+]#
|
||
Insert network (UNC) path from the active panel #Alt+Shift+[#
|
||
Insert network (UNC) path from the passive panel #Alt+Shift+]#
|
||
|
||
Poznámky:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>Ak je príkazový riadoch prázdny, #Ctrl+Ins# skopíruje mená
|
||
označených súborov z panelu do schránky ako #Ctrl+Shift+Ins# (see ~Panel control commands~@PanelCmd@);
|
||
|
||
2. ^<wrap>#Ctrl+End# stlačené na konci príkazového riadku nahradí jeho obsah príkazom z
|
||
~histórie~@History@, začínajúc od už vložených znakov, ak taký príkaz existuje.
|
||
Môžete stlačiť #Ctrl+End# opäť a vložiť nasledujúci taký príkaz.
|
||
|
||
3. ^<wrap>Väčšina z vyššie popísaných príkazov funguje všade, kde sa
|
||
zadáva text, vrátane vstupných polí v dialógových oknách a interného editora.
|
||
|
||
4. ^<wrap>#Alt+Shift+Left#, #Alt+Shift+Right#, #Alt+Shift+Home# and #Alt+Shift+End# select
|
||
the block in the command line also when the panels are on.
|
||
|
||
5. ^<wrap>For local drives, the commands to insert the network (UNC) name of a file object
|
||
insert the local name of the file with ~symbolic links~@HardSymLink@ expanded.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FuncCmd
|
||
$ #Príkazy pre prácu so súbormi a servisné príkazy#
|
||
Nápoveda #F1#
|
||
|
||
Zobraz ~užívateľské menu~@UserMenu@ #F2#
|
||
|
||
Prezeranie #Ctrl+Shift+F3, NumKlav5, F3#
|
||
Ak sa stlačí na súbore, #F3# alebo #5# na numerickej klávesnici vyvolá
|
||
~interný~@Viewer@, externý alebo ~podľa typu priradený~@FileAssoc@
|
||
prezerač, v závislosti od typu súboru a ~nastavenia externých prezeračov~@ViewerSettings@.
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+F3# vždy vyvolá interný prezerač ignorujúc nastavenie externých prezeračov.
|
||
Ak sa stlačí na adresári, vypočíta a zobrazí dĺžku označených adresárov.
|
||
|
||
Editovanie #Ctrl+Shift+F4, F4#
|
||
#F4# vyvolá ~interný~@Editor@, externý alebo ~podľa typu priradený~@FileAssoc@
|
||
editor, v závislosti od typu súboru a ~nastavenia externých editorov~@EditorSettings@.
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+F4# vždy vyvolá interný editor ignorujúc nastavenie externých editorov.
|
||
#F4# and #Ctrl+Shift+F4# for directories invoke the change file
|
||
~attributes~@FileAttrDlg@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
~Kopírovanie~@CopyFiles@ #F5#
|
||
Kopíruje súbory a adresáre. Ak chcete vytvoriť cieľový adresár pred
|
||
kopírovaním, pridajte k jeho menu spätné lomítko.
|
||
|
||
~Premenovanie alebo presun~@CopyFiles@ #F6#
|
||
Presunie alebo premenuje súbory a adresáre. Ak chcete vytvoriť cieľový
|
||
adresár pred presúvaním, pridajte k jeho menu spätné lomítko.
|
||
|
||
~Vytvorenie nového adresára~@MakeFolder@ #F7#
|
||
|
||
~Vymazanie~@DeleteFile@ #Shift+Del, Shift+F8, F8#
|
||
|
||
~Dôkladné vymazanie~@DeleteFile@ #Alt+Del#
|
||
|
||
Zobraz ~menu~@Menus@ #F9#
|
||
|
||
Ukončiť Far #F10#
|
||
|
||
Zobraz príkazy ~prídavných modulov (plugins)~@Plugins@ commands #F11#
|
||
|
||
Zmeň aktuálnu jednotku v ľavom paneli #Alt+F1#
|
||
|
||
Zmeň aktuálnu jednotku v pravom panely #Alt+F2#
|
||
|
||
Interný/externý prezerač #Alt+F3#
|
||
If the internal viewer is used by default, invokes the external viewer
|
||
specified in the ~Viewer settings~@ViewerSettings@ or the ~associated viewer program~@FileAssoc@
|
||
for the file type. Vyvolá interný prezerač ak je ako východzí nastavený externý a externý ak
|
||
je ako východzí nastavený interný.
|
||
|
||
Interný/externý editor #Alt+F4#
|
||
If the internal editor is used by default, invokes the external editor
|
||
specified in the ~settings~@EditorSettings@ or the ~associated editor program~@FileAssoc@
|
||
for the file type. Vyvolá interný editor ak je ako východzí nastavený externý a externý ak
|
||
je ako východzí nastavený interný.
|
||
|
||
Vytlačiť súbory #Alt+F5#
|
||
If the "Print Manager" plugin is installed then the printing of
|
||
the selected files will be carried out using that plugin,
|
||
otherwise by using internal facilities.
|
||
|
||
Vytvoriť ~súboru linku~@HardSymLink@ (len NTFS) #Alt+F6#
|
||
Použitím pevných liniek môžete mať niekoľko rôznych názvov súborov,
|
||
ktoré odkazujú na tie isté dáta.
|
||
|
||
Vykonaj príkaz ~nájdenia súboru~@FindFile@ #Alt+F7#
|
||
|
||
Zobraz ~históriu príkazov~@History@ #Alt+F8#
|
||
|
||
Nastavenie počtu riadkov obrazovky #Alt+F9#
|
||
In the windowed mode, toggles between the current size and the maximum
|
||
possible size of a console window. In the fullscreen mode, #Alt+F9# toggles the
|
||
screen height between 25 and 50 lines. See ~Interface.AltF9~@Interface.AltF9@ for details.
|
||
|
||
Configure ~plugins~@Plugins@. #Alt+Shift+F9#
|
||
|
||
Vykonaj príkaz ~nájdenia adresáru~@FindFolder@ #Alt+F10#
|
||
|
||
Zobraz ~históriu prezerania a editovania~@HistoryViews@ #Alt+F11#
|
||
|
||
Zobraz ~históriu adresárov~@HistoryFolders@ #Alt+F12#
|
||
|
||
Pridanie súborov do archívu #Shift+F1#
|
||
Rozbalenie súborov z archívu #Shift+F2#
|
||
Vykonanie príkazov pracujúcich z archívmi #Shift+F3#
|
||
|
||
Editovanie ~nového súboru~@FileOpenCreate@ #Shift+F4#
|
||
When a new file is opened, the same code page is used as in the last opened
|
||
editor. If the editor is opened for the first time in the current Far session,
|
||
the default code page is used.
|
||
|
||
Kopírovanie súboru pod kurzorom #Shift+F5#
|
||
Premenovanie alebo presun súboru pod kurzorom #Shift+F6#
|
||
For folders: if the specified path (absolute or relative) points to an
|
||
existing folder, the source folder is moved inside that folder. Otherwise the
|
||
folder is renamed/moved to the new path.
|
||
E.g. when moving #c:\folder1\# to #d:\folder2\#:
|
||
- ^<wrap>if #d:\folder2\# exists, contents of #c:\folder1\# is
|
||
moved into #d:\folder2\folder1\#;
|
||
- ^<wrap>otherwise contents of #c:\folder1\# is moved into the
|
||
newly created #d:\folder2\#.
|
||
|
||
~Vymazanie súboru~@DeleteFile@ pod kurzorom #Shift+F8#
|
||
|
||
Uloženie konfigurácie #Shift+F9#
|
||
|
||
Návrat na naposledy spustenú položku menu #Shift+F10#
|
||
|
||
Spustenie, zmena adresára, vstup do archívu #Enter#
|
||
Spustenie v osobitnom okne #Shift+Enter#
|
||
Execute as administrator #Ctrl+Alt+Enter#
|
||
|
||
Pressing #Shift+Enter# on a directory invokes the Windows Explorer and
|
||
shows the selected directory. To show a root directory in the Explorer, you
|
||
should press #Shift+Enter# on the required drive in the ~Change drive menu~@DriveDlg@.
|
||
Pressing #Shift+Enter# on "#..#" opens the current directory in the Explorer.
|
||
|
||
Zmena adresára do koreňového #Ctrl+\\#
|
||
|
||
Zmena adresára, vstup do archívu #Ctrl+[Shift+]PgDn#
|
||
(aj do SFX archívu)
|
||
If the cursor points to a directory, pressing #Ctrl+PgDn# changes to that
|
||
directory. If the cursor points to a file, then, depending on the file type,
|
||
an ~associated command~@FileAssoc@ is executed or the archive is opened.
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+PgDn# always opens the archive, regardless of the associated
|
||
command configuration.
|
||
|
||
Zmena adresára na rodičovský (o stupeň vyššie) #Ctrl+PgUp#
|
||
The behavior in root folders depends on "~Use Ctrl+PgUp to change drive~@InterfSettings@" option.
|
||
|
||
Vytvorenie skratky k aktuálnemu adresáru #Ctrl+Shift+0…9#
|
||
|
||
Použitie skratky k adresáru #RightCtrl+0…9#
|
||
|
||
Nastav ~atribúty súboru~@FileAttrDlg@ #Ctrl+A#
|
||
|
||
~Použi príkaz~@ApplyCmd@ na označené súbory #Ctrl+G#
|
||
|
||
~Popíš~@FileDiz@ označené súbory #Ctrl+Z#
|
||
|
||
|
||
@DeleteFile
|
||
$ #Deleting and wiping files and folders#
|
||
The following hotkeys are used to delete or wipe out files and folders:
|
||
|
||
#F8#
|
||
If any files or folders are selected in the panel then the selected group will be deleted, otherwise
|
||
the object currently under cursor will be deleted.
|
||
|
||
#Shift+F8#
|
||
Vymaže len súbor pod kurzorom (with no regard to selection in the panel).
|
||
|
||
#Shift+Del#
|
||
Delete selected objects okamžite a nie do Koša.
|
||
|
||
#Alt+Del#
|
||
Wipe out files and folders.
|
||
|
||
Remarks:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>In accordance to ~System settings~@SystemSettings@ the hotkeys #F8# and
|
||
#Shift+F8# do or do not move the deleted files to the Recycle Bin. The
|
||
#Shift+Del# hotkey always deletes, skipping the Recycle Bin.
|
||
|
||
2. ^<wrap>A file is wiped by pred sú jeho dáta prepísané nulami
|
||
(a different value can be specified in
|
||
~System.WipeSymbol~@System.WipeSymbol@), následne je súbor rozdelený
|
||
a premenovaný na dočasné meno, and finally deleting.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ErrCannotExecute
|
||
$ #Error: Cannot execute#
|
||
The program you tries to execute is not recognized as an internal or
|
||
external command, operable program or batch file.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Grabber
|
||
$ #Screen grabber#
|
||
Zachytenie obrazovky #Alt+Ins#
|
||
|
||
Zachytenie obrazovky umožňuje zvoliť ľubovoľnú oblasť obrazovky a následne ju skopírovať do schránky.
|
||
|
||
To switch between stream and block selection mode use the #Space# key.
|
||
Pohyb kurzora možno riadiť #šípkami# alebo kliknutím #ľavého tlačítka myši#.
|
||
Na označenie oblasti sa používajú šípky pri stlačenom klávese #Shift# alebo pohyb myši pri stlačenom #ľavom tlačítku#.
|
||
To extend or shrink selected area use #Alt+Shift+arrow# keys.
|
||
To move selected area use #Alt+arrow# keys.
|
||
#Enter#, #Ctrl+Ins#, #pravé tlačítko myši# alebo #dvojité kliknutie# skopírujú
|
||
označený text do schránky, #Ctrl+<Sivý +># ho do schránky pridá k už existujúcemu obsahu.
|
||
#Esc# ukončia zachytávanie.
|
||
#Ctrl+A# - select whole screen.
|
||
#Ctrl+U# - deselect block.
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+Left# and #Ctrl+Shift+Right# - extend or shrink selection by 10 characters left or right.
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+Up# and #Ctrl+Shift+Down# - extend or shrink selection by 5 lines up or down.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@MiscCmd
|
||
$ #Ostatné#
|
||
#Keyboard macros#
|
||
|
||
Načítaj ~klávesové makro~@KeyMacro@ #Ctrl+<.>#
|
||
|
||
#Menus and dropdown lists#
|
||
|
||
Enable/disable filtering mode #RAlt, Ctrl+Alt+F#
|
||
Lock/unlock filter #Ctrl+Alt+L#
|
||
|
||
When in filter mode, you can filter the displayed items by entering
|
||
text.
|
||
|
||
#Dialogs#
|
||
|
||
História vo vstupných poliach okien #Ctrl+Up, Ctrl+Down#
|
||
|
||
In dialog edit control history you can use #Enter# to copy the current item
|
||
to the edit control and #Ins# to mark or unmark an item. Marked items are not
|
||
pushed out of history by new items, so you can mark frequently used strings so
|
||
that you will always have them in the history.
|
||
|
||
Vymaž históriu vo vstupných poliach okien #Del#
|
||
|
||
Delete the current item in a dialog edit line history #Shift+Del#
|
||
(if it is not locked)
|
||
|
||
Set the dialog focus to the default element #PgDn#
|
||
|
||
The following combinations are valid for all edit controls except the
|
||
command line, including dialogs and the ~internal editor~@Editor@.
|
||
|
||
Vlož meno súboru pod kurzorom do dialógového okna #Shift+Enter#
|
||
|
||
Insert a file name from passive panel to dialog #Ctrl+Shift+Enter#
|
||
|
||
Pressing #Ctrl+Enter# in dialogs executes the default action (pushes the
|
||
default button or does another similar thing).
|
||
|
||
In dialogs, when the current control is a check box:
|
||
|
||
- turn on (#[x]#) #Gray +#
|
||
- turn off (#[ ]#) #Gray -#
|
||
- change to undefined (#[?]#) #Gray *#
|
||
(for three-state checkboxes)
|
||
|
||
You can move a dialog (window) by dragging it with mouse or by pressing #Ctrl+F5# and using #arrow# keys.
|
||
|
||
#Left clicking# outside the dialog works the same as pressing #Esc#.
|
||
|
||
#Right clicking# outside the dialog works the same as pressing #Enter#.
|
||
|
||
#Mouse#
|
||
|
||
Clicking the #middle mouse button# in the ~panels~@PanelCmd@ has the same
|
||
effect as pressing the #Enter# key with the same modifiers (#Ctrl#, #Alt#,
|
||
#Shift#). If the ~command line~@CmdLineCmd@ is not empty, its contents will be executed.
|
||
|
||
Far Manager also supports the ~mouse wheel~@MsWheel@.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@SpecCmd
|
||
$ #Special commands#
|
||
~Version information~@FarAbout@
|
||
~Configuration editor~@FarConfig@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@MsWheel
|
||
$ #Mouse: wheel support#
|
||
#Panels#
|
||
Rotating the wheel scrolls the file list without changing the cursor position on the screen.
|
||
Pressing the #middle button# has the same effect as pressing #Enter#.
|
||
|
||
#Editor#
|
||
Rotating the wheel scrolls the text without changing the cursor position on the screen
|
||
(similar to #Ctrl+Up#/#Ctrl+Down#).
|
||
|
||
#Viewer#
|
||
Rotating the wheel scrolls the text.
|
||
|
||
#Help#
|
||
Rotating the wheel scrolls the text.
|
||
|
||
#Menus#
|
||
Wheel scrolling works as #Up#/#Down# keys. Pressing the #middle button# has the same effect as
|
||
pressing #Enter#. It is possible to choose items without moving the cursor.
|
||
|
||
#Dialogs#
|
||
In dialogs, when the wheel is rotated at an edit line with a history list or a combo box,
|
||
the drop-down list is opened. In the drop-down list scrolling works the same as in menus.
|
||
|
||
You can specify the number of lines to scroll at a time in the panels,
|
||
editor and viewer (see ~System.MsWheelDelta~@System.MsWheelDelta@).
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Plugins
|
||
$ #Podpora prídavných modulov (plugins)#
|
||
Externé DLL moduly (plugins) môžu byť použité na pridanie nových
|
||
príkazov pre Far a emulovanie súborových systémov. Napríklad podpora
|
||
archívov, klient FTP, dočasný panel a prezerač siete emulujú súborový
|
||
systém.
|
||
|
||
Všetky prídavné moduly sú uložené v osobitných adresároch v adresári 'Plugins',
|
||
ktorý je umiestnený v tom istom adresári ako Far.exe, and the 'Plugins' folder, which is in the
|
||
user profile folder (#%APPDATA%\\Far Manager\\Profile# by default).
|
||
Keď Far detekuje nový modul, uloží si informácie o ňom a
|
||
neskôr ho načíta len keď je potrebný, takže nepoužívané moduly
|
||
nevyžadujú nijakú dodatočnú pamäť. Ale ak ste si istý, že niektoré
|
||
moduly sú pre vás zbytočné, môžete ich vymazať a ušetriť miesto na disku.
|
||
|
||
Moduly môžu byť vyvolané buď cez ~menu zmeny jednotky~@DriveDlg@
|
||
alebo z menu ~Príkazy prídavných modulov~@PluginCommands@, aktivovanom stlačením #F11# alebo príslušnou položkou
|
||
z menu ~Príkazy~@CmdMenu@. #F4# v tomto menu dovoľuje priradiť klávesovú skratku jednotlivým položkám
|
||
(toto umožňuje ich potom ľahšie vyvolať pomocou ~klávesových makier~@KeyMacro@).
|
||
Toto menu je prístupné zo súborových panelov a (len cez #F11#) z interného
|
||
prezerača a editora. Keď sa zavolá z prezerača alebo editora, zobrazia
|
||
sa len špeciálne preň vytvorené moduly.
|
||
|
||
Parametre modulov môžete nastaviť pomocou ~Nastavenie prídavných modulov~@PluginsConfig@
|
||
z menu ~Nastavenia~@OptMenu@.
|
||
|
||
Súbory, s ktorými sa pracuje operáciami ako kopírovanie, presúvanie,
|
||
vymazávanie, editovanie alebo ~vyhľadanie súboru~@FindFile@
|
||
môžu pracovať s modulmi, ktoré emulujú súborové systémy v prípade, že
|
||
tieto moduly poskytujú príslušné funkcie. Vyhľadávanie z aktuálneho
|
||
adresára vo "Vyhľadanie súboru" vyžaduje menšiu funkčnosť ako vyhľadávanie
|
||
z kmeňového adresára, takže skúste použiť to, ak vyhľadávanie z kmeňového
|
||
nefunguje správne.
|
||
|
||
Moduly majú vlastné správy a súbory nápovedy. Zoznam použiteľných
|
||
nápovied pre moduly získate stlačením
|
||
|
||
#Shift+F2# - v hlavnej nápovede Faru
|
||
|
||
#Shift+F1# - in the list of plugins (context-dependent help).
|
||
|
||
If the plugin has no help file, then context-dependent help will not pop out.
|
||
|
||
Ak aktívny panel zobrazuje emulovaný súborový systém modulu, možno
|
||
v príkazovom riadku na zmenu súborového systému modulu použiť príkaz "CD".
|
||
Narozdiel od "CD" príkaz "CHDIR" vždy berie zadaný paramater ako skutočné
|
||
meno súboru bez ohľadu na typ súborového systému v paneli.
|
||
|
||
Use #Alt+Shift+F9# to ~configure plugins~@PluginsConfig@.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@PluginCommands
|
||
$ #Plugin commands#
|
||
This menu provides user with ability to use plugins functionality (other
|
||
ways are listed in ~"Plugins support"~@Plugins@).
|
||
The contents of the menu and actions triggered on menu items selection are
|
||
controlled by plugins.
|
||
|
||
The menu can be invoked in the following ways:
|
||
|
||
- ^<wrap>#F11# at file panels or #Plugins# item at ~commands menu~@CmdMenu@, herewith
|
||
the commands intended for use from file panels are shown;
|
||
- ^<wrap>#F11# in viewer or editor, herewith the commands intended for use from
|
||
viewer and editor accordingly are shown.
|
||
|
||
Each item of plugin commands menu can be assigned a hotkey with #F4#, this
|
||
possibility is widely used in ~key macros~@KeyMacro@. The assigned hotkey is
|
||
displayed left to the item. The #A# character in the leftmost menu column means that
|
||
the corresponding plugin is written for Far 1.7x and it does not support all
|
||
possibilities available in Far 3 (these are, in particular, Unicode characters
|
||
in filenames and in editor).
|
||
|
||
#Plugin commands# menu hotkeys:
|
||
|
||
#Shift+F1#
|
||
Help on use for selected menu item. The text of the help
|
||
is taken from HLF file, associated with the plugin that owns the menu item.
|
||
|
||
#F4#
|
||
Assign a hotkey for selected menu item. If #Space# is
|
||
entered, then Far sets the hotkey automatically.
|
||
|
||
#F3#
|
||
Show plugin technical information.
|
||
|
||
#Shift+F9#
|
||
Settings of the selected plugin.
|
||
|
||
#Alt+Shift+F9#
|
||
Open ~"Plugins configuration"~@PluginsConfig@ menu.
|
||
|
||
See also:
|
||
|
||
~Plugins support~@Plugins@.
|
||
Common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@PluginsConfig
|
||
$ #Plugins configuration#
|
||
You can configure the installed ~plugins~@Plugins@ using the command
|
||
#"Plugins configuration"# from the ~Options menu~@OptMenu@ or by pressing
|
||
#Alt+Shift+F9# in the ~Change drive menu~@DriveDlg@ or plugins menu.
|
||
|
||
To get the help on the currently selected plugin, press #Shift+F1# -
|
||
context-sensitive help on plugin configuration. If the plugin doesn't have a
|
||
help file, the context-sensitive help will not be shown.
|
||
|
||
When the context-sensitive help is invoked, Far will try to show the topic
|
||
#Config#. If such a topic does not exist in the plugin help file, the main help
|
||
topic for the selected plugin will be shown.
|
||
|
||
Each item of plugins configuration menu can be assigned a hotkey with #F4#,
|
||
this possibility is widely used in ~key macros~@KeyMacro@. The assigned hotkey is
|
||
displayed left to the item. The #A# character in the leftmost menu column means that
|
||
the corresponding plugin is written for Far 1.7x and it does not support all
|
||
possibilities available in Far 3 (these are, in particular, Unicode characters
|
||
in filenames and in editor).
|
||
|
||
Pressing #F3# will show some technical information about the plugin.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@PluginsReviews
|
||
$ #Overview of plugin capabilities#
|
||
Far Manager is so tightly integrated with its plugins that it is simply
|
||
meaningless to talk about Far and not to mention the plugins. Plugins present
|
||
an almost limitless expansion of the features of Far.
|
||
|
||
Without going into details, some of the capabilities can be noted:
|
||
|
||
* ^<wrap>Syntax highlighting in program source texts.
|
||
* Working with FTP-servers (including access through proxy).
|
||
* Search and replace in many files at the same time, using regular expressions.
|
||
* Renaming groups of files with support for complex compound masks consisting of substitution symbols and templates.
|
||
* NNTP/SMTP/POP3/IMAP4 clients and sending messages to a pager.
|
||
* Working with non-standard text screen resolutions.
|
||
* Conversion of texts from one national code page to another.
|
||
* Manipulating the contents of the Recycle Bin.
|
||
* Process priority control on local or network PC.
|
||
* Words autocomplete in editor and working with templates.
|
||
* Windows system registry editing.
|
||
* Creating and modifying Windows shortcuts.
|
||
* File and text operations making it more comfortable to use FidoNet.
|
||
* Files UU-encode and UU-decode.
|
||
* Winamp control and MP3-tags modifying.
|
||
* Quake PAK-files processing.
|
||
* Printers control, both connected to PC and network.
|
||
* Connection and debugging of queries to ODBC-compatible databases.
|
||
* RAS service control.
|
||
* External programs executing (compilers, converters etc.) while editing text in Far editor.
|
||
* Windows help files contents displaying (.hlp and .chm)
|
||
* Calculators with different possibilities.
|
||
* Several games :-)
|
||
* Spell checker functions while editing text in Far editor.
|
||
* Removable drives catalog preparation and much more…
|
||
|
||
As an information source, which can be used to search for specific plugins,
|
||
one can recommend:
|
||
|
||
- Far Manager official site
|
||
~https://www.farmanager.com~@https://www.farmanager.com@
|
||
- Online forum
|
||
~https://forum.farmanager.com~@https://forum.farmanager.com@
|
||
- Registration and handling of problems
|
||
~https://bugs.farmanager.com~@https://bugs.farmanager.com@
|
||
- PlugRinG site
|
||
~https://plugring.farmanager.com~@https://plugring.farmanager.com@
|
||
- Free email group service
|
||
~https://groups.google.com/group/fardeven/~@https://groups.google.com/group/fardeven@
|
||
- USENET echo conference
|
||
~news:fido7.far.support~@news:fido7.far.support@
|
||
~news:fido7.far.development~@news:fido7.far.development@
|
||
- FidoNet echo conference
|
||
far.support
|
||
far.development
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Panels
|
||
$ #Panely#
|
||
Za normálnych okolností Far zobrazuje dva panely (ľavé a pravé okno),
|
||
s rôznymi informáciami. Ak chcete zmeniť typ informácie zobrazenej v paneli,
|
||
použite ~menu panelu~@LeftRightMenu@ alebo zodpovedajúci ~príkaz z klávesnice~@KeyRef@.
|
||
|
||
Pre viac informácií sa si pozrite nasledovné položky:
|
||
|
||
~Súborový panel~@FilePanel@
|
||
~Stromový panel~@TreePanel@
|
||
~Informačný panel~@InfoPanel@
|
||
~Panel rýchleho prezerania~@QViewPanel@
|
||
|
||
~Ťahaj a pusť súbory~@DragAndDrop@
|
||
~Označovanie súborov~@SelectFiles@
|
||
~Prispôsobenie zobrazovacích módov v súborovom paneli~@PanelViewModes@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FilePanel
|
||
$ #Súborový panel#
|
||
Súborový panel zobrazuje aktuálny adresár. Môžete označiť alebo odznačiť
|
||
súbory a adresáre, vykonávať rôzne operácie so súbormi a archívmi. Pre zoznam
|
||
súborov si prečítajte ~zoznam klávesových skratiek~@KeyRef@.
|
||
|
||
Základné zobrazovacie módy v súborovom paneli sú:
|
||
|
||
#Stručne# Mená súborov sú zobrazené v troch stĺpcoch.
|
||
|
||
#Stredne# Mená súborov sú zobrazené v dvoch stĺpcoch.
|
||
|
||
#Úplne# Zobrazuje meno, dĺžku, dátum a čas každého súboru.
|
||
|
||
#Široko# Zobrazuje mená a dĺžky súborov.
|
||
|
||
#Detailne# ^<wrap>Mená súborov, dĺžky, komprimované dĺžky, dátum a
|
||
čas vytvorenia, poslednej zmeny a posledného prístupu a atribúty. V celoobrazovkovom móde.
|
||
|
||
#Popisy# Mená súborov a ~ich popisy (descriptions)~@FileDiz@
|
||
|
||
#Dlhé popisy# ^<wrap>Mená súborov, ich dĺžky a popisy. V celoobrazovkovom móde.
|
||
|
||
#Vlast. súborov# Mená súborov, ich dĺžky a vlastníci.
|
||
|
||
#Linky súborov# Mená a dĺžky súborov a počet pevných liniek.
|
||
|
||
#Alter. úplne# ^<wrap>Zobrazí mená súborov, dĺžky (formátované s čiarkami) a ich dátumy.
|
||
|
||
~Zobrazovacie módy v súborovom panely si môžete prispôsobiť.~@PanelViewModes@
|
||
|
||
Vlastníci súborov a počet pevných liniek majú taktiež význam len pre NTFS.
|
||
Niektoré systémy nemusia podporovať ani dátumy vytvorenia a posledného prístupu.
|
||
|
||
Ak chcete zmeniť mód zobrazenia súborov v paneli, vyberte si z ~menu panelu~@LeftRightMenu@.
|
||
Po zmene módu alebo zmene jednotky sa panel automaticky nastaví na zobrazenie súborov,
|
||
ak bol predtým nastavený iný typ panelu.
|
||
|
||
~Rýchle vyhľadávanie~@FastFind@ možno použiť na nastavenie sa na
|
||
požadovaný súbor použitím prvých písmen jeho mena.
|
||
|
||
See also the list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroShellList@, available in the panels.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@TreePanel
|
||
$ #Stromový panel#
|
||
Stromový panel zobrazuje štruktúru aktuálneho disku ako strom.
|
||
V tomto strome môžete veľmi rýchlo meniť adresár a vykonávať operácie
|
||
z adresármi.
|
||
|
||
Far ukladá informácie o strome adresárov do súboru z názvom #Tree.Far# do kmeňového adresáru každej jednotky.
|
||
Pre jednotky prístupné iba na čítanie sa táto informácia ukladá do skrytého adresáru Tree.Cache
|
||
umiestneného v tom istom adresári ako Far.exe. The tree3.far
|
||
file doesn't exist by default. It will be automatically created after the first
|
||
use of the #Tree Panel# or the #Find Folder# command. If that file exists, Far
|
||
updates it with the changes to the tree structure it is aware of. If such
|
||
changes were made outside of Far and Tree.far is no longer current, it can be
|
||
refreshed by pressing #Ctrl+R#.
|
||
|
||
Tak ako u súborov možno aj tu použiť funkciu #rýchleho vyhľadávania#. Držte
|
||
kláves Alt a píšte meno adresára kým sa kurzor nenastaví na požadované. Po stlačení
|
||
#Ctrl+Enter# (súčasne) preskočí na nasledujúci adresár začínajúci na zadané znaky, ak taký existuje.
|
||
|
||
#Gray +# and #Gray -# keys move up and down the tree to the next branch
|
||
on the same level.
|
||
|
||
See also the list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroTreeList@, available in the folder tree panel.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@InfoPanel
|
||
$ #Informačný panel#
|
||
Informačný panel obsahuje nasledovné údaje:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>#sieťové# mená počítača a užívateľa (see ~Info panel settings~@InfoPanelSettings@);
|
||
|
||
2. ^<wrap>meno a typ #aktuálneho disku# ako i typ súborového systému, sieťové
|
||
meno, celkové a voľné miesto, názov jednotky disku a sériové číslo;
|
||
|
||
^<wrap>Far will attempt to determine the type of each of the CD drives available
|
||
in the system. Known types are as follows: CD-ROM, CD-RW, CD-RW/DVD, DVD-ROM,
|
||
DVD-RW and DVD-RAM. This function is available only for users either with
|
||
administrative privileges or all local users, when it's stated explicitly in
|
||
the Local Policy Editor (to do this, run #secpol.msc# from the command
|
||
prompt, and set the '#Local Policies/Security Options/Devices: Restrict#
|
||
#CD-ROM access to locally logged-on user only#' setting to '#Enabled#')
|
||
|
||
^<wrap>For virtual devices (SUBST-disk) the parameters of the primary disk are shown.
|
||
|
||
^<wrap>#Ctrl+Shift+S# toggles size display mode: float with size suffixes or bytes.
|
||
Memory size display mode also changes. ~Quick view panel~@QViewPanel@ and ~file panel~@FilePanel@
|
||
status line also affected.
|
||
Current mode - far:config #Panel.ShowBytes# (default=false).
|
||
|
||
3. ^<wrap>Memory information
|
||
^<wrap>percento obsadenia #pamäte# (100% znamená, že je obsadená celá pamäť),
|
||
size of the installed physical memory (in Vista and newer), cekovú a voľnú veľkosť fyzickej
|
||
pamäte (available for Windows) a virtuálnej pamäte and paging file;
|
||
|
||
4. ^<wrap>súbor #popisu adresára#
|
||
^<wrap>Obsah celého súboru si môžete prezrieť na celej obrazovké stlačením
|
||
klávesu #F3# alebo ľavého tlačítka myši. Editovanie alebo vytvorenie je
|
||
k dipozícii po stlačení klávesu #F4# alebo pravého tlačítka myši. You can also use
|
||
many of the ~viewer commands~@Viewer@ (search, code page selection and so on)
|
||
for viewing the folder description file.
|
||
^<wrap>Zoznam možných súborov s popismi adresára môže byť definovaný
|
||
pomocou príkazu "Popisný súbor adresára" v menu ~Nastavenia (Options)~@OptMenu@.
|
||
|
||
5. Plugin panel
|
||
^<wrap>Contains information about the opposite plugin panel, if provided by the plugin.
|
||
|
||
6. Power status.
|
||
- ^<wrap>AC power status (offline, online, unknown);
|
||
- ^<wrap>Battery percentage;
|
||
- ^<wrap>Charge status (High (more than 66%), low (less than 33%), critical, charging, no battery or unknown);
|
||
- ^<wrap>Battery life time;
|
||
- ^<wrap>Battery full time (the system is only capable of estimating this time based on calculations on
|
||
battery life time and battery life percent. Without smart battery subsystems, this value may not be accurate enough to be useful).
|
||
^<wrap>AC power status is updated automatically.
|
||
^<wrap>In Windows Vista and above charge status is update automatically.
|
||
^<wrap>Power status section can be turned on and off in ~settings~@InfoPanelSettings@.
|
||
|
||
All sections (except computer and user names) can be hidden or shown (see ~InfoPanel display modes~@InfoPanelShowMode@).
|
||
|
||
Also see the list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroInfoList@, available in the info panel.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@InfoPanelShowMode
|
||
$ #InfoPanel display modes#
|
||
~InfoPanel~@InfoPanel@ display modes menu can be called with #Ctrl+F12# and affects currently
|
||
active informantion panel. Available display modes:
|
||
|
||
- Drive information
|
||
- Memory information
|
||
- Description file content
|
||
- Plugin panel information
|
||
- Power status information
|
||
|
||
#+# key shows the selected section.
|
||
#-# key hides the selected section.
|
||
#*# key flips the visibility of the selected section.
|
||
|
||
Power status information can be enabled in InfoPanel ~settings~@InfoPanelSettings@.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@InfoPanelSettings
|
||
$ #InfoPanel settings#
|
||
#Show power status#
|
||
If enabled, ~InfoPanel~@InfoPanel@ will contain a section with power status details.
|
||
|
||
#Show CD drive parameters#
|
||
If enabled, Far will try to detect the CD drive type.
|
||
Supported types: CD-ROM, CD-RW, CD-RW/DVD, DVD-ROM, DVD-RW and DVD-RAM.
|
||
|
||
#Computer name format#
|
||
Can be one of:
|
||
|
||
- #NetBIOS#
|
||
^<wrap>The NetBIOS name of the local computer. If the local computer is a node in a cluster, the NetBIOS name of the cluster virtual server.
|
||
|
||
- #DNS hostname#
|
||
^<wrap>The DNS host name of the local computer. If the local computer is a node in a cluster, the DNS host name of the cluster virtual server.
|
||
|
||
- #DNS domain#
|
||
^<wrap>The name of the DNS domain assigned to the local computer. If the local computer is a node in a cluster, the DNS domain name of the cluster virtual server.
|
||
|
||
- #DNS fully-qualified#
|
||
^<wrap>The fully qualified DNS name that uniquely identifies the local computer. This name is a combination of the DNS host name and the DNS domain name, using the form HostName.DomainName. If the local computer is a node in a cluster, the fully qualified DNS name of the cluster virtual server.
|
||
|
||
- #Physical NetBIOS#
|
||
^<wrap>The NetBIOS name of the local computer. If the local computer is a node in a cluster, the NetBIOS name of the local computer, not the name of the cluster virtual server.
|
||
|
||
- #Physical DNS hostname#
|
||
^<wrap>The DNS host name of the local computer. If the local computer is a node in a cluster, the DNS host name of the local computer, not the name of the cluster virtual server.
|
||
|
||
- #Physical DNS domain#
|
||
^<wrap>The name of the DNS domain assigned to the local computer. If the local computer is a node in a cluster, the DNS domain name of the local computer, not the name of the cluster virtual server.
|
||
|
||
- #Physical DNS fully-qualified#
|
||
^<wrap>The fully qualified DNS name that uniquely identifies the computer. If the local computer is a node in a cluster, the fully qualified DNS name of the local computer, not the name of the cluster virtual server. The fully qualified DNS name is a combination of the DNS host name and the DNS domain name, using the form HostName.DomainName.
|
||
|
||
The output format depends on the domain structure, group policies and DNS settings.
|
||
|
||
#User name format#
|
||
Can be one of:
|
||
|
||
- #Logon Name#
|
||
User login, (for example, JeffSmith)
|
||
|
||
- #Fully Qualified Domain Name#
|
||
^<wrap>The fully qualified distinguished name (for example, CN=Jeff Smith,OU=Users,DC=Engineering,DC=Microsoft,DC=Com).
|
||
|
||
- #Sam Compatible#
|
||
^<wrap>A legacy account name (for example, Engineering\JSmith). The domain-only version includes trailing backslashes (\\).
|
||
|
||
- #Display Name#
|
||
^<wrap>A "friendly" display name (for example, Jeff Smith). The display name is not necessarily the defining relative distinguished name (RDN).
|
||
|
||
- #Unique Id#
|
||
^<wrap>An UUID string (for example, {4fa050f0-f561-11cf-bdd9-00aa003a77b6}).
|
||
|
||
- #Canonical Name#
|
||
^<wrap>The complete canonical name (for example, engineering.microsoft.com/software/someone). The domain-only version includes a trailing forward slash (/).
|
||
|
||
- #User Principial Name#
|
||
^<wrap>The user principal name (for example, someone@@example.com).
|
||
|
||
- #Service Principal#
|
||
^<wrap>The generalized service principal name (for example, www/www.microsoft.com@@microsoft.com).
|
||
|
||
- #DNS Domain#
|
||
^<wrap>The DNS domain name followed by a backward-slash and the SAM user name.
|
||
|
||
#Given Name#
|
||
|
||
#Surname#
|
||
|
||
The ouput format depends on the domain structure.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@QViewPanel
|
||
$ #Panel rýchleho zobrazenia#
|
||
Panel rýchleho zobrazenia sa používa na zobrazenie informácie o
|
||
označenej položke v ~súborovom paneli~@FilePanel@ alebo ~stromovom paneli~@TreePanel@
|
||
|
||
Ak je označená položka súbor, potom sa zobrazí jeho obsah.
|
||
Many of the ~internal viewer~@Viewer@ commands can be used with the file
|
||
displayed in the panel. Pre súbory typov registrovaných vo Windows sa zobrazí
|
||
aj tento typ.
|
||
|
||
Pre adresáre vypíše panel rýchleho zobrazenia celkovú dĺžku, celkovú komprimovanú
|
||
dĺžku, počet súborov a podadresárov v adresári, veľkosť clustera aktuálneho disku,
|
||
reálnu dĺžku súborov, vrátane "straty" (súčet nepoužitých častí clusterov).
|
||
|
||
When viewing ~reparse points~@HardSymLink@, the path to the source folder is also displayed.
|
||
|
||
For folders, the total size value may not match the actual value:
|
||
- ^<wrap>If the folder or its subfolders contain symbolic links and the option
|
||
"Scan symbolic links" in the ~System settings~@SystemSettings@ dialog is enabled.
|
||
- ^<wrap>If the folder or its subfolders contain multiple hard links to the same file.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+S# toggles size display mode: float with size suffixes or bytes.
|
||
~Info panel~@InfoPanel@ and ~file panel~@FilePanel@ status line also affected.
|
||
Current mode - far:config #Panel.ShowBytes# (default=false).
|
||
|
||
See also the list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroQViewList@, available in the quick view panel.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@DragAndDrop
|
||
$ #Ťahaj a pusť súbory#
|
||
Operácie #kopírovania# a #presúvania# je možné vykonať aj pomocou #Ťahaj a pusť#.
|
||
Stačí stlačiť ľavé tlačítko myši na zdrojovom súbore alebo adresári,
|
||
pretiahnuť ho do druhého panelu a pustiť tlačítko myši.
|
||
|
||
Ak chcete túto operáciu vykonať pre skupinu súborov alebo adresárov,
|
||
najprv ich označte, stlačte ľavé tlačítko na zdrojovom paneli a pretiahnite
|
||
skupinu súborov do druhého panelu.
|
||
|
||
Prepínanie medzi operáciou kopírovania a presúvania sa vykonáva stlačením
|
||
pravého tlačítka myši počas ťahania. Presunúť možno súbory taktiež držaním
|
||
klávesu #Shift# počas držania ľavého tlačítka myši.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Menus
|
||
$ #Menu#
|
||
Na vybratie nejakej akcie z menu stlačte #F9# alebo kliknite myšou
|
||
na vrchu obrazovky.
|
||
|
||
When the menu is activated by pressing #F9#, the menu for the active panel
|
||
is selected automatically. When the menu is active, pressing #Tab# switches
|
||
between the menus for the left and right panel. If the menus "Files",
|
||
"Commands" or "Options" are active, pressing #Tab# switches to the menu of the
|
||
passive panel.
|
||
|
||
Kombinácia Shift+F10 vás nastaví na posledný použitý príkaz menu.
|
||
|
||
Pre informácie o jednotlivých menu si prečítajte nasledovné položky:
|
||
|
||
~Menu Ľavý a Pravý~@LeftRightMenu@
|
||
~Menu Súbory~@FilesMenu@
|
||
~Menu Príkazy~@CmdMenu@
|
||
~Menu Nastavenia~@OptMenu@
|
||
|
||
See also the list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroMainMenuList@, available in the main menu.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@LeftRightMenu
|
||
$ #Menu Ľavý a Pravý#
|
||
Menu #Ľavý# a #Pravý# vám dovoľujú zmeniť nastavenia
|
||
ľavého, resp. pravého panelu. Tieto menu majú nasledovné položky:
|
||
|
||
#Stručne# Mená súborov sú zobrazené v troch stĺpcoch.
|
||
|
||
#Stredne# Mená súborov sú zobrazené v dvoch stĺpcoch.
|
||
|
||
#Úplne# Zobrazuje meno, dĺžku, dátum a čas každého súboru.
|
||
|
||
#Široko# Zobrazuje mená a dĺžky súborov.
|
||
|
||
#Detailne# ^<wrap>Mená súborov, dĺžky, komprimované dĺžky, dátum a čas vytvorenia,
|
||
poslednej zmeny a posledného prístupu a atribúty. V celoobrazovkovom móde.
|
||
|
||
#Popisy# Mená súborov a ~ich popisy~@FileDiz@
|
||
|
||
#Dlhé popisy# ^<wrap>Mená súborov, ich dĺžky a popisy. V celoobrazovkovom móde.
|
||
|
||
#Vlast. súborov# Mená súborov, ich dĺžky a vlastníci.
|
||
|
||
#Linky súborov# Mená a dĺžky súborov a počet pevných liniek.
|
||
|
||
#Alter. úplne# ^<wrap>Zobrazí mená súborov, dĺžky a ich dátumy.
|
||
|
||
#Informačný p./# Zmení panel na ~informačný panel~@InfoPanel@.
|
||
|
||
#Strom adresárov# Zmení panel na ~stromový panel~@TreePanel@.
|
||
|
||
#Rýchle zobraz.# Zmení panel na ~rýchle zobrazenie~@QViewPanel@.
|
||
|
||
#Zoradiť podľa# Zobrazí použiteľné spôsoby zoradenia.
|
||
|
||
#Zobraz dlhé m.# Prepína zobrazenie dlhých/krátkych názvov súborov.
|
||
|
||
#Panel Zap/Vyp# Zobrazí/skryje panel.
|
||
|
||
#Aktualizuj ob.# Znovu načíta adresár/iný obsah panelu.
|
||
|
||
#Zmeň jednotku/# Zmení aktuálnu jednotku.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FilesMenu
|
||
$ #Menu Súbory#
|
||
#Zobraziť# ~Zobrazí súbory~@Viewer@, vypočíta dĺžku adresárov.
|
||
|
||
#Editovať# ~Editáciu~@Editor@ súborov.
|
||
|
||
#Skopírovať# ~Skopíruje~@CopyFiles@ súbory a adresáre.
|
||
|
||
#Premenovať/presunúť# ~Premenuje alebo presunie~@CopyFiles@ súbory a adresáre.
|
||
|
||
#Link# Create ~file links~@HardSymLink@.
|
||
|
||
#Vytvor adresár# ~Vytvorí~@MakeFolder@ nový adresár.
|
||
|
||
#Odstrániť# Odstráni súbory a adresáre.
|
||
|
||
#Wipe# ^<wrap>Wipe files and folders. Before file deletion
|
||
its data are overwritten with zeros, after which the file is truncated and renamed to
|
||
a temporary name.
|
||
|
||
#Pridať do archívu# Pridá označené súbory do archívu.
|
||
|
||
#Vybrať z archívu# Vyberie (rozpakuje) označené súbory z archívu.
|
||
|
||
#Príkazy archívu/# Zobrazí ponuku príkazov na prácu z archívom.
|
||
|
||
#Atribúry súborov/# ~Zmení atribúty súborov~@FileAttrDlg@ a čas.
|
||
|
||
#Vykonať príkaz/# Na označené súbory ~použije zvolený príkaz~@ApplyCmd@.
|
||
|
||
#Popis súborov/# Pridá označeným súborom ~popis~@FileDiz@.
|
||
|
||
#Označiť skupinu/# ~Označí~@SelectFiles@ skupinu súborov podľa zadanej masky.
|
||
|
||
#Odznačiť skupinu/# ~Odznačí~@SelectFiles@ skupinu súborov podľa masky.
|
||
|
||
#Inverzné označenie# ~Invertuje~@SelectFiles@ aktuálne označenie súborov.
|
||
|
||
#Obnoviť označenie# ^<wrap>~Obnoví~@SelectFiles@ predošlé označenie súborov
|
||
po nejakej operácii so súbormi alebo označením skupiny.
|
||
|
||
Niektoré príkazy tohoto menu sú popísané taktiež v položke
|
||
~Príkazy pre prácu so súbormi a servisné príkazy~@FuncCmd@.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@CmdMenu
|
||
$ #Commands menu#
|
||
#Nájdi súbor# Prehľadá strom adresárov, pre určenie
|
||
hľadaného súboru možno použiť aj masky.
|
||
Viď ~Nájdí súbor~@FindFile@.
|
||
|
||
#História# Zobrazí predtým použité príkazy.
|
||
Viď ~História~@History@.
|
||
|
||
#Video mód# Prepína medzi 25 a 50-riadkovou obrazovkou.
|
||
|
||
#Nájdi adresár# Prehľadá strom adresárov.
|
||
Viď ~Nájdi adresár~@FindFolder@.
|
||
|
||
#Hist.zobr.súborov# Zobrazí ~históriu prezeraných a editovaných súborov~@HistoryViews@.
|
||
|
||
#História adresárov# Zobrazí ~históriu aktuálnych adresárov~@HistoryFolders@.
|
||
|
||
Items in "Folders history" and "File view
|
||
history" are moved to the end of list after
|
||
selection. Use #Shift+Enter# to select item
|
||
without changing its position.
|
||
|
||
#Vymeň panely# Vymení ľavý a pravý panel.
|
||
|
||
#Panely Zap/Vyp# Zobrazí/skryje oba panely.
|
||
|
||
#Porovnaj adresáre# Porovná obsahy adresárov.
|
||
Viď ~Porovnaj adresáre~@CompFolders@.
|
||
|
||
#Úprava užívateľského# Umožní úpravu hlavného alebo lokálneho
|
||
#menu# ~užívateľského menu~@UserMenu@. Môžete použiť #Ins#
|
||
pre vloženie, #Del# pre vymazanie a #F4# pre úpravu položiek menu.
|
||
|
||
#Typy súborov# Zobrazí ~typy súborov~@FileAssoc@.
|
||
Môžete použiť #Ins# pre vloženie, #Del# pre
|
||
vymazanie a #F4# pre úpravu typu súborov.
|
||
|
||
#Skratky k adresárom# Zobrazí ~skratky~@FolderShortcuts@.
|
||
|
||
#Nastavenie skupín# Umožní užívateľovi zmeniť nastavenie
|
||
#triedenia/# ~skupín triedenia~@SortGroups@.
|
||
|
||
#Filter zobr.súborov# Umožní nastavenie obsahu súborového
|
||
panelu. Viď ~Filter zobrazených súborov~@FiltersMenu@.
|
||
|
||
#Plugin commands# Show ~plugin commands~@Plugins@ list.
|
||
|
||
#Zoznam obrazoviek# Zobrazí ~zoznam obrazoviek~@ScrSwitch@.
|
||
|
||
#Zoznam úloh# Zobrazí ~zoznam aktívnych úloh~@TaskList@.
|
||
|
||
#Hotplug devices list# Show ~hotplug devices list~@HotPlugList@.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@OptMenu
|
||
$ #Menu Nastavenia#
|
||
#Systémové nastavenia# Zobrazí ~nastavenia systému~@SystemSettings@.
|
||
|
||
#Nastavenie panelov# Zobrazí ~nastavenie panelov~@PanelSettings@.
|
||
|
||
#Tree settings# Shows ~Tree settings~@TreeSettings@ dialog.
|
||
Available only if ~Panel.Tree.TurnOffCompletely~@Panel.Tree.TurnOffCompletely@
|
||
parameter in ~far:config~@FarConfig@ is set to “false.”
|
||
|
||
#Nastavenie prostredia# Zobrazí ~nastavenie prostredia~@InterfSettings@.
|
||
|
||
#Voľba jazyka# Nastaví jazyk prostredia a nápovedy.
|
||
Toto nastavenie možno uložiť pomocou "Uložiť nastavenie".
|
||
|
||
#Nast. prídavných# Umožní konfiguráciu ~prídavných modulov~@PluginsConfig@.
|
||
#modulov#
|
||
|
||
#Plugin manager# Shows ~Plugin manager settings~@PluginsManagerSettings@ dialog.
|
||
#settings#
|
||
|
||
#Dialog settings# Shows ~Dialog settings~@DialogSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
#Menu settings# Shows ~Menu settings~@VMenuSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
#Command line settings# Shows ~Command line settings~@CmdlineSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
#AutoComplete settings# Shows ~AutoComplete settings~@AutoCompleteSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
#InfoPanel settings# Shows ~InfoPanel settings~@InfoPanelSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
#Groups of file masks# Shows ~Groups of file masks~@MaskGroupsSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
#Potvrdzovanie# Umožní zapnutie/vypnutie ~potvrdzovania~@ConfirmDlg@
|
||
pre niektoré operácie.
|
||
|
||
#Módy zobraz. súborov# Umožní ~Prispôsobenie zobrazovacích módov~@PanelViewModes@.
|
||
|
||
#Popisy súborov# Názvy zoznamov s ~popismi súborov~@FileDiz@ a spôsob ich aktualizácie.
|
||
|
||
#Súbory s popismi# Shows ~Folder description files~@FolderDiz@ dialog.
|
||
#adresárov#
|
||
|
||
#Nastavenie prezerača# Nastevenie externého ~prezerača~@ViewerSettings@.
|
||
|
||
#Nastavenie editora# Nastavenie interného a externého ~editora~@EditorSettings@.
|
||
|
||
#Code pages# Shows the ~Code pages~@CodePagesMenu@ menu.
|
||
|
||
#Farby# Shows the ~Color groups~@ColorGroups@ menu.
|
||
|
||
#Zvýraznenie súborov# Zmení nastavenie ~zvýrazňovania súborov~@Highlight@.
|
||
|
||
#Uložiť nastavenie# Uloží aktuálnu konfiguráciu, farby a stav
|
||
obrazovky.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ConfirmDlg
|
||
$ #Potvrdzovanie (Confirmations)#
|
||
V tomto okne môžete zapnúť alebo vypnúť potvrdzovanie nasledovných
|
||
operácií:
|
||
|
||
- ^<wrap>prepísanie cieľových súborov pri kopírovaní;
|
||
- prepísanie cieľových súborov pri presúvaní;
|
||
- overwrite and delete files with "read only" atrtibute;
|
||
- použitie techniky ~ťahaj a pusť~@DragAndDrop@;
|
||
- vymazanie súborov;
|
||
- vymazanie adresárov;
|
||
- interrupt operation;
|
||
- ~disconnect network drives~@DisconnectDrive@ from the Disks menu;
|
||
- delete SUBST-disks from the Disks menu;
|
||
- detach virtual disks from the Disks menu;
|
||
- removal of USB storage devices from the Disks menu;
|
||
- ~reloading~@EditorReload@ a file in the editor;
|
||
- clearing the view/edit, folder and command history lists;
|
||
- ukončenie Faru.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@PluginsManagerSettings
|
||
$ #Plugins manager settings#
|
||
#OEM plugins support#
|
||
Controls support for old Far Manager 1.x non-unicode plugins.
|
||
|
||
#Scan symbolic links#
|
||
Look for plugins in ~symbolic links~@HardSymLink@ as well as in normal directories.
|
||
|
||
#File processing#
|
||
|
||
#Show standard association item#
|
||
|
||
#Even if only one plugin found#
|
||
|
||
#Search results (SetFindList)#
|
||
|
||
#Prefix processing#
|
||
|
||
|
||
@MaskGroupsSettings
|
||
$ #Groups of file masks#
|
||
An arbirtary number of ~file masks~@FileMasks@ can be joined into a named group.
|
||
|
||
Hereinafter the group name, enclosed in angle brackets (i.e. #<#name#>#), can be used wherever masks can be used.
|
||
|
||
Groups can contain other groups.
|
||
|
||
For example, the #<arc># group contains the "*.rar,*.zip,*.[zj],*.[bg7]z,*.[bg]zip,*.tar" masks.
|
||
To ~highlight~@Highlight@ all archives except "*.rar" #<arc>|*.rar# should be used.
|
||
|
||
Control keys:
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+R# - ^<wrap>restore the default predefined groups ("arc", "temp" and "exec").
|
||
|
||
#Ins# - ^<wrap>add a new group
|
||
|
||
#Del# - ^<wrap>remove the current group
|
||
|
||
#Enter#/#F4# - ^<wrap>edit the current group
|
||
|
||
#F7# - ^<wrap>find all groups containing the specified mask
|
||
|
||
Also see ~Options menu~@OptMenu@ and ~Menu control commands~@MenuCmd@.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ChoosePluginMenu
|
||
$ #Plugin selection menu#
|
||
Allows to choose the processing plugin if the host file (e.g. an archive)
|
||
can be processed by multiple plugins.
|
||
|
||
Also see common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@MakeFolder
|
||
$ #Make folder#
|
||
This function allows you to create folders. You can use environment
|
||
variables in the input line, which are expanded to their values before creating
|
||
the folder. Also you can create multiple nested subfolders at the same time:
|
||
simply separate the folder names with the backslash character. For example:
|
||
|
||
#%USERDOMAIN%\\%USERNAME%\\Folder3#
|
||
|
||
The "#Link Type#" option allows to choose the link ~type~@HardSymLink@
|
||
("#directory junction#" or "#symbolic link#"). If selected, the #Target# field
|
||
should contain a target directory path.
|
||
|
||
If the option "#Process multiple names#" is enabled, it is possible to
|
||
create multiple folders in a single operation. In this case, folder names
|
||
should be separated with the character "#;#" or "#,#". If the option is enabled
|
||
and the name of the folder contains a character "#;#" (or "#,#"), it must be
|
||
enclosed in quotes. For example, if the user enters
|
||
#C:\\Foo1;"E:\\foo,2;";D:\\foo3#, folders called "#C:\\Foo1#", "#E:\\foo,2;#"
|
||
and "#D:\\foo3#" will be created.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FindFile
|
||
$ #Nájdi súbor#
|
||
Tento príkaz je určený na vyhľadanie jedného alebo viacerých súborov a adresárov v
|
||
adresárovom strome, podľa jednej alebo viacerých masiek (~wildcards~@FileMasks@), oddelených čiarkami.
|
||
Taktiež môže byť použitá pri súborových systémoch emulovaných ~prídavnými modulmi~@Plugins@.
|
||
|
||
Zadaním voliteľného textového reťazca sa vyhľadajú iba súbory obsahujúce tento text.
|
||
Ak sa tento reťazec zadadá, možno nastavením "Rozlišovať veľké/malé písmená"
|
||
prikázať presné porovnávanie veľkých a malých písmen.
|
||
|
||
The option #Whole words# will let to find only the text that is separated
|
||
from other text with spaces, tab characters, line breaks or standard
|
||
separators, which by default are: #!%^&*()+|{}:"<>?`-=\\[];',./#.
|
||
|
||
By checking the #Search for hex# option you can search for the files
|
||
containing hexadecimal sequence of the specified bytes. In this case #Case#
|
||
#sensitive#, #Whole words#, #Using code page# and #Search for folders#
|
||
options are disabled and their values doesn't affect the search process.
|
||
|
||
#Not containing# allows to find files #not# containing the specified text or code.
|
||
|
||
Dropdown list #Using code page# allows to choose a specific code page
|
||
to be used for the search. If the item #All standard code pages# is selected
|
||
in the dropdown list, Far will use all standard code pages (ANSI, OEM, UTF-8,
|
||
UTF-16, UTF-16 BE), as well as #Favorite# code pages (the list of #favorite#
|
||
code pages can be specified in the ~Code pages~@CodepagesMenu@ menu
|
||
in the options, editor, or viewer). To search using a custom set of code pages,
|
||
select required code pages in the dropdown list with the #Ins# or #Space# keys,
|
||
then choose #Selected code pages# menu item.
|
||
|
||
Ak chcete prehľadávať aj pre Far známe typy archívov, nastavte #Hľadať v archívoch#,
|
||
majte však napamäti, že to výrazne spomaľuje vyhľadávanie. Far nedokáže vyhľadávať vo
|
||
vnorených archívoch (čiže archívoch ktoré sú súčasťou iného archívu).
|
||
|
||
The #Search for folders# option includes in search list those folders, that
|
||
match the wildcards. Also the counter of found files takes account of found
|
||
folders.
|
||
|
||
The #Search in symbolic links# option allows searching files in
|
||
~symbolic links~@HardSymLink@ along with normal sub-folders.
|
||
|
||
#Search in alternate streams# - besides the primary data stream (which is
|
||
the content of the file itself), allows to search alternate named data streams
|
||
supported by some file systems (for example, #NTFS#).
|
||
|
||
Vyhľadávanie možno vykonávať:
|
||
- ^<wrap>vo všetkých pevne pripojených jednotkách;
|
||
- in all local drives, except removable and network;
|
||
- in all folders specified in the %PATH% environment variable (not including subfolders).
|
||
- v podadresároch kmeňového adresára, in the find dialog one can change disk drive of the search;
|
||
- aktuálneho adresára;
|
||
- len v aktuálnom adresári;
|
||
- v označených adresároch.
|
||
|
||
Toto nastavenie sa ukladá spolu s konfiguráciou.
|
||
|
||
Check the #Use filter# checkbox to search for files according to user
|
||
defined conditions. Press the #Filter# button to open the ~filters menu~@FiltersMenu@.
|
||
|
||
The #Advanced# button invokes the ~find file advanced options~@FindFileAdvanced@
|
||
dialog that can be used to specify extended set of search properties.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FindFileAdvanced
|
||
$ #Find file advanced options#
|
||
#Search only in the first# - The string entered in the #Containing text#
|
||
(or #Containing hex#) field can be searched for not only in the whole
|
||
file, but also within the specified range at the beginning of the file.
|
||
If the specified value is less than the file size, the rest of the file
|
||
is ignored even if the searched for sequence exists there.
|
||
|
||
The following file size suffixes can be used:
|
||
- #B# for bytes (no suffix also means bytes);
|
||
- #K# for kilobytes;
|
||
- #M# for megabytes;
|
||
- #G# for gigabytes;
|
||
- #T# for terabytes;
|
||
- #P# for petabytes;
|
||
- #E# for exabytes.
|
||
|
||
#Column types# - Allows to specify search results output format.
|
||
Column types are encoded with one or more characters delimited with commas.
|
||
The following column types are supported:
|
||
|
||
S[C,T,F,E] - ^<wrap>file size
|
||
P[C,T,F,E] - allocation file size
|
||
G[C,T,F,E] - size of alternate file streams, where:
|
||
C - ^<wrap>format file size;
|
||
T - use 1000 instead of 1024 as the divisor;
|
||
F - show size as a decimal fraction using the most appropriate unit, e.g. 0.97 K, 1.44 M, 3.5 G;
|
||
E - compact mode, no space before the file size suffix (e.g 0.97K).
|
||
|
||
D - file last write date
|
||
T - file last write time
|
||
|
||
DM[B,M] - file last write date and time
|
||
DC[B,M] - file creation date and time
|
||
DA[B,M] - file last access date and time
|
||
DE[B,M] - file change date and time, where:
|
||
B - brief (Unix style) file time format;
|
||
M - use text month names.
|
||
|
||
A - file attributes
|
||
Z - file description
|
||
|
||
O[L] - file owner, where:
|
||
L - show domain name.
|
||
|
||
LN - number of hard links
|
||
|
||
F - number of alternate streams
|
||
|
||
File attributes are denoted as follows:
|
||
|
||
#N# - Attributes not set
|
||
#R# - Read only
|
||
#H# - Hidden
|
||
#S# - System
|
||
#D# - Directory
|
||
#A# - Archive
|
||
#T# - Temporary
|
||
#$# - Sparse
|
||
#L# - Reparse point
|
||
#C# - Compressed
|
||
#O# - Offline
|
||
#I# - Not content indexed
|
||
#E# - Encrypted
|
||
#V# - Integrity stream
|
||
#?# - Virtual
|
||
#X# - No scrub data
|
||
#P# - Pinned
|
||
#U# - Unpinned
|
||
|
||
#Column widths# - allows to change column widths in the search results
|
||
output. If the width equals 0, the default value is used.
|
||
|
||
To use 12-hour time format, add one to the standard width of
|
||
the file time column or file date and time column. Increase the width
|
||
of these columns even more to show seconds and milliseconds.
|
||
|
||
To display the year in 4-digit format, add two to the width of
|
||
the file date column.
|
||
|
||
Unlike the panel modes, the search results can have only one column.
|
||
File name is always displayed and added automatically as the last column.
|
||
|
||
Adding columns for the links and alternate streams information
|
||
(G, LN, and F) increases search time.
|
||
|
||
To display only file names without additional attributes in the search
|
||
results, leave the “Column types” field empty.
|
||
|
||
Default field values are:
|
||
“Column types” - D,S,A
|
||
“Column widths” - 14,13,0
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FindFileResult
|
||
$ #Find file: control keys#
|
||
Počas ~vyhľadávania~@FindFile@ alebo po jeho skončení môžete použiť kurzorové
|
||
klávesy pre skrolovanie zoznamu súborov a tlačítka na spustenie
|
||
želaných operácií.
|
||
|
||
Počas alebo po skončení vyhľadávania máte k dispozícií nasledovné tlačítka:
|
||
|
||
#Nové hľadanie# Spustí nové vyhľadávanie (nové nastavenie).
|
||
|
||
#Prejsť na# Preruší bežiace vyhľadávanie, zmení aktuálny
|
||
adresár a presunie kurzor na označnený súbor.
|
||
|
||
#Zobraziť# Zobrazí označený súbor. Ak vyhľadávanie ešte
|
||
nie je ukončené, bude pokračovať po zobrazení.
|
||
|
||
#Panel# Vytvorí pomocný panel a naplní ho súbormi,
|
||
ktoré boli nájdené pri poslednom hľadaní.
|
||
|
||
#Stop# Preruší bežiace vyhľadávanie. Možné len ak
|
||
práve vyhľadávanie prebieha.
|
||
|
||
#Storno# Ukončí funkciu vyhľadávania.
|
||
|
||
Počas alebo po skončení vyhľadávania môžu byť prezeranie a editovanie nájdených súborov.
|
||
|
||
View #F3, Alt+F3, Numpad5, Ctrl+Shift+F3#
|
||
|
||
#F3#, #Alt+F3# or #Numpad5# invokes ~internal~@Viewer@, external or ~associated ~@FileAssoc@ viewer,
|
||
depending on file type and ~Viewer settings~@ViewerSettings@.
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+F3# always invokes internal viewer regardless of file associations.
|
||
|
||
Edit #F4, Alt+F4, Ctrl+Shift+F4#
|
||
|
||
#F4# or #Alt+F4# invokes ~internal~@Editor@, external or ~associated~@FileAssoc@ editor,
|
||
depending on file type and ~Editor settings~@EditorSettings@.
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+F4# always invokes internal editor regardless of file associations.
|
||
|
||
Prezeranie a editovanie podporuje prídavnými modulmi (plugins) emulované súborové systémy. Note, that saving editor
|
||
changes by #F2# key in emulated file system will perform #SaveAs# operation,
|
||
instead of common #Save#.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FindFolder
|
||
$ #Vyhľadanie adresára#
|
||
Tento príkaz umožňuje rýchly pohľad na potrebný adresár v strome adresárov.
|
||
|
||
Na nastavenie adresára môžete použiť kurzorové klávesy alebo
|
||
napísať prvé znaky mena adresára.
|
||
|
||
Stlačením klávesu #Enter# sa prepnete do označeného adresára.
|
||
|
||
Klávesmi #Ctrl+R# a #F2# môžete prikázať znovunačítanie stromu adresárov.
|
||
|
||
#Gray +# and #Gray -# should move up and down the tree to the next branch
|
||
on the same level.
|
||
|
||
#F5# allows to maximize the window, pressing #F5# again will restore the
|
||
window to the previous size.
|
||
|
||
By pressing #Ctrl+Enter#, you can cycle through the folders matching the
|
||
part of the filename that you have already entered. #Ctrl+Shift+Enter# allows
|
||
to cycle backwards.
|
||
|
||
See also the list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroFindFolderList@, available in the find folder dialog.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Filter
|
||
$ #Filter#
|
||
Operations filter is used to process certain file groups according to
|
||
rules specified by the user, if those rules are met by some file it
|
||
will be processed by a corresponding operation. A filter can have several
|
||
rule sets.
|
||
|
||
The filter dialog consists of the following elements:
|
||
|
||
#Filter name#
|
||
A title that will be shown in the filters menu. This field can be empty.
|
||
|
||
#Mask#
|
||
One or several ~file masks~@FileMasks@.
|
||
Filter conditions are met if file mask analysis is on and its name matches any of the given file
|
||
masks. If mask analysis is off, file name is ignored.
|
||
|
||
#Size#
|
||
Minimum and maximum files size. The following file size suffixes can be used:
|
||
- #B# for bytes (no suffix also means bytes);
|
||
- #K# for kilobytes;
|
||
- #M# for megabytes;
|
||
- #G# for gigabytes;
|
||
- #T# for terabytes;
|
||
- #P# for petabytes;
|
||
- #E# for exabytes.
|
||
|
||
Filter conditions are met if file size analysis is on, and it is inside the given range.
|
||
If nothing is specified (empty line) for one or both range boundaries then file size for that
|
||
boundary is not limited.
|
||
|
||
Example:
|
||
>= 1K - select files greater than or equal to 1 kilobyte
|
||
<= 1M - to less than or equal to 1 megabyte
|
||
|
||
#Date/time#
|
||
Starting and ending file date/time.
|
||
You can specify the date/time of last file #write#, file #creation#, last #access# and #change#.
|
||
#Current# allows to fill the date/time fields with the current date/time after which you
|
||
can change only the needed part of the date/time fields, for example only the month or minutes.
|
||
#Blank# will clear the date/time fields.
|
||
Filter conditions are met if file date/time analysis is on and its date/time is in the
|
||
given range and corresponds to the given type. If one or both of the date/time limit
|
||
fields are empty then the date/time for that type is not limited.
|
||
|
||
Example:
|
||
<= 31.01.2010 - select files up to 31 numbers
|
||
>= 01.01.2010 - but after Jan. 1, 2010
|
||
|
||
Option #Relative# allows you to switch to work with the date in relative time.
|
||
The logic at work this option is similar to arithmetic with negative numbers.
|
||
|
||
Example:
|
||
<= 0 - select files in the period from the "Today"
|
||
>= 30 - and 30-days ago, including
|
||
|
||
#Attributes#
|
||
Inclusion and exclusion attributes.
|
||
|
||
Filter conditions are met if file attributes
|
||
analysis is on and it has all of the inclusion
|
||
attributes and none of the exclusion attributes:
|
||
|
||
#[x]# - ^<wrap>inclusion attribute - the file must have this attribute.
|
||
#[ ]# - ^<wrap>exclusion attribute - the file must not have this attribute.
|
||
#[?]# - ^<wrap>ignore this attribute.
|
||
|
||
The #Compressed#, #Encrypted#, #Not indexed#, #Sparse#, #Temporary# and #Offline# attributes
|
||
are used only on disks with the NTFS file system.
|
||
The #Integrity stream# and #No scrub data# attributes are supported only on ReFS volumes starting from Windows Server 2012.
|
||
|
||
#Has more than one hardlink#
|
||
Used only on disks with NTFS file system. Condition evaluates to true,
|
||
if piece of data, which current file is pointing, is also pointed at least by one another file.
|
||
#Warning#: Enabling of this option can cause a significant slowdown.
|
||
|
||
To quickly disable one or several conditions, uncheck the corresponding
|
||
checkboxes. The #Reset# button will clear all of the filter conditions.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@History
|
||
$ #História#
|
||
Tento príkaz zobrazí zoznam príkazov, spustených s príkazového riadka Faru.
|
||
Besides the cursor control keys, the following keyboard shortcuts are
|
||
available:
|
||
|
||
Opäť spustiť príkaz #Enter#
|
||
|
||
Spustiť v osobitnom okne #Shift+Enter#
|
||
|
||
Re-execute a command as administrator #Ctrl+Alt+Enter#
|
||
|
||
Vložiť do príkazového riadku #Ctrl+Enter#
|
||
|
||
Vymažete históriu príkazov #Del#
|
||
|
||
Lock/unlock the current history item #Ins#
|
||
|
||
Delete the current history item #Shift+Del#
|
||
|
||
Copy the text of the current command to the clipboard #Ctrl+C#
|
||
without closing the list or #Ctrl+Ins#
|
||
|
||
Show additional information #F3#
|
||
|
||
Taktiež je možné skočiť na predošlý alebo nasledujúci príkaz
|
||
priamo z príkazového riadku použitím kombinácie #Ctrl+E#, resp. #Ctrl+X#.
|
||
|
||
Ak chcete túto históriu uložiť pred ukončením programu, zvoľte
|
||
príslušné nastevenie v ~nastaveniach systému~@SystemSettings@.
|
||
|
||
Locked items will not be deleted when clearing the history.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@HistoryViews
|
||
$ #History: file view and edit#
|
||
The file view history shows the list of files that have been recently
|
||
viewed or edited. Besides the cursor control keys, the following keyboard
|
||
shortcuts are available:
|
||
|
||
Reopen a file for viewing or editing #Enter#
|
||
|
||
Copy the file name to the command line #Ctrl+Enter#
|
||
|
||
Clear the history list #Del#
|
||
|
||
Delete the current history item #Shift+Del#
|
||
|
||
Lock/unlock the current history item #Ins#
|
||
|
||
Refresh list and remove non-existing entries #Ctrl+R#
|
||
|
||
Copy the text of the current history item to the #Ctrl+C#
|
||
clipboard without closing the list or #Ctrl+Ins#
|
||
|
||
Open a file in the ~editor~@Editor@ #F4#
|
||
|
||
Open a file in the ~viewer~@Viewer@ #F3# or #Numpad5#
|
||
|
||
Items of the view and edit history are moved to the end of the list after
|
||
they are selected. You can use #Shift+Enter# to select an item without changing
|
||
its position.
|
||
|
||
If you want to save the view and edit history after exiting Far, use the
|
||
respective option in the ~System settings~@SystemSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
Remarks:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>List refresh operation (Ctrl+R) can take a considerable amount
|
||
of time if a file was located on a currently unavailable remote resource.
|
||
2. ^<wrap>Locked items will not be deleted when clearing or refreshing the history.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@HistoryFolders
|
||
$ #History: folders#
|
||
The folders history shows the list of folders that have been recently
|
||
visited. Besides the cursor control keys, the following keyboard shortcuts are available:
|
||
|
||
Go to the current folder in the list #Enter#
|
||
|
||
Open the selected folder in the passive panel #Ctrl+Shift+Enter#
|
||
|
||
Copy the folder name to the command line #Ctrl+Enter#
|
||
|
||
Clear the history list #Del#
|
||
|
||
Delete the current history item #Shift+Del#
|
||
|
||
Lock/unlock the current history item #Ins#
|
||
|
||
Refresh list and remove non-existing entries #Ctrl+R#
|
||
|
||
Copy the text of the current history item to the #Ctrl+C#
|
||
clipboard without closing the list or #Ctrl+Ins#
|
||
|
||
Items of the folders history are moved to the end of the list after they
|
||
are selected. You can use #Shift+Enter# to select an item without changing its position.
|
||
|
||
If you want to save the folders history after exiting Far, use the
|
||
respective option in the ~System settings~@SystemSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
Remarks:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>List refresh operation (Ctrl+R) can take a considerable amount
|
||
of time if a folder was located on a currently unavailable remote resource.
|
||
2. ^<wrap>Locked items will not be deleted when clearing or refreshing the history.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@TaskList
|
||
$ #Zoznam úloh#
|
||
Zoznam úloh zobrazuje aktívne úlohy - programy. Každý
|
||
riadok zoznamu obsahuje hlavičku okna danej úlohy.
|
||
|
||
Zo zoznamu úloh sa môžete prepnúť do okna danej úlohy, alebo ukončiť úlohu klávesom
|
||
#Del#. Pri ukončovaní úlohy buďte opatrní, lebo tým ukončíte úlohu okamžite a všetky
|
||
neuložené informácie sa stratie. Preto by táto funkcia mala byť používaná iba keď je
|
||
to skutočne nevyhnutné, napríklad na prerušenie programu, ktorý neodpovedá.
|
||
|
||
Zoznam úloh možno vyvolať buď z ~menu príkazov~@CmdMenu@ alebo
|
||
pomocou #Ctrl+W#. Klávesovú skratku možno použiť aj v prezerači
|
||
a editore.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+R# allows to refresh the task list.
|
||
|
||
#F2# Switch between displaying of window caption and path to executable.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@HotPlugList
|
||
$ #Hotplug devices list#
|
||
Hotplug devices list displays PC Card boards and other analogue devices
|
||
which are installed and work in the computer.
|
||
|
||
To remove a device you need to select it in the list and press the #Del#
|
||
key. After that Windows will prepare the device for safe removal and a
|
||
notification will be displayed when it is safe to remove the device.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+R# allows to refresh the list of connected devices.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@CompFolders
|
||
$ #Porovnanie adresárov#
|
||
Príkaz porovnania adresárov je možné použiť len ak sú zobrazené dva
|
||
~súborové panely~@FilePanel@. Porovná sa obsah adresárov v nich zobrazených.
|
||
Súbory, ktoré existujú iba v jednom z panelov alebo ktoré majú novší dátum
|
||
ako súbory s rovnakým menom v druhom paneli, sa označia.
|
||
|
||
Podadresáre sa neporovnávajú. Súbory sa porovnávajú len podľa
|
||
mena, dĺžky a času, obsah súboru sa nekontroluje.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@UserMenu
|
||
$ #Užívateľské menu#
|
||
Úlohou užívateľského menu je uľahčiť volanie často používaných
|
||
operácií. Obsahuje užívateľom definované príkazy a skupiny príkazov,
|
||
ktoré môžu byť spustené z užívateľského menu. Menu môže obsahovať aj podmenu.
|
||
~Špeciálne symboly~@MetaSymbols@ sú podporované tak v príkazoch samotných
|
||
ako i v ich názvoch. Samozrejme možno použiť aj symbol !?<title>?<init>!,
|
||
pomocou ktorého môžete zadať dodatočné parametre priamo pred spustením programov.
|
||
|
||
Príkazom #Úprava užívateľského menu# z menu ~Príkazy~@CmdMenu@ môžete
|
||
upraviť alebo vytvoriť hlavné alebo lokálne užívateľské menu. Hlavné užívateľské
|
||
menu môže byť len jedno. Toto menu sa vyvolá ak pre daný adresár nebolo vytvorené
|
||
nijaké lokálne menu. Lokálne menu môže byť umiestnené v ľubovoľnom adresári. You can switch between
|
||
the main menu and the user menu by pressing #Shift+F2#. Also you can call the
|
||
user menu of the parent folder by pressing #BS#.
|
||
|
||
You can add command separators to the user menu. To do this, you should add
|
||
a new menu command and define "#--#" as "hot key". To delete a menu separator,you
|
||
must switch to file mode with #Alt+F4# key.
|
||
|
||
User menu items can be moved with #Ctrl+Up# or #Ctrl+Down# key combinations.
|
||
|
||
Príkaz z užívateľského menu možno spustiť buď presunutím kurzora nad jeho
|
||
názov a stlačením klávesy Enter alebo jemu priradenou klávesovou skratkou.
|
||
|
||
Podmenu alebo položku menu môžete zrušiť klávesom #Del#, nové menu alebo
|
||
položku môžete vložiť klávesom #Ins# a upraviť existujúce menu či položku
|
||
možno klávesom #F4#. Po stlačení #Alt+F4# budete môcť menu editovať v textovej forme.
|
||
|
||
Ako klávesové skratky možno v menu použiť číslice, písmená a funkčné klávesy (#F1#…#F24#).
|
||
Ak použijete #F1# alebo #F4#, znemožníte tým ich originálnu funkciu.
|
||
Každopádne na úpravu môžete ešte vždy použiť kombináciu #Shift+F4#.
|
||
|
||
Keď upravujete alebo vytvárate položku menu, mali by ste zadať klávesovú
|
||
skratku pre rýchly prítup, názov príkazu, ktorý sa bude zobrazovať v menu,
|
||
a postupnosť príkazov ktoré sa majú vykonať pri zvolení tejto položky.
|
||
|
||
Keď upravujete alebo vytvárate podmenu, mali by ste zadať iba
|
||
klávesovú skratku a názov.
|
||
|
||
Užívateľské menu sú uložené v textových súboroch #FarMenu.Ini#:
|
||
- ^<wrap>Global user menu, by default, is located in the Far Manager folder.
|
||
If global user menu file exists it will override the user specific menu.
|
||
- User specific user menu is located in the user profile.
|
||
- Local user menu is located in the current folder.
|
||
|
||
To close the menu even if submenus are open use #Shift+F10#.
|
||
|
||
See also:
|
||
|
||
The list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroUserMenuList@, available in the user menu.
|
||
Common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FileAssoc
|
||
$ #File associations#
|
||
Far Manager supports file associations, that allow to associate various
|
||
actions to running, viewing and editing files with a specified
|
||
~mask~@FileMasks@.
|
||
|
||
Nové typy súborov môžete vytvoriť pomocou príkazu #Typy súborov# z menu
|
||
~Príkazy~@CmdMenu@.
|
||
|
||
You can define several associations for one file type and select the
|
||
desired association from the menu.
|
||
|
||
The following actions are available in the associations list:
|
||
|
||
#Ins# - ~add~@FileAssocModify@ a new association
|
||
|
||
#F4# - ~edit~@FileAssocModify@ the current association
|
||
|
||
#Del# - delete the current association
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Up# - move association up
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Down# - move association down
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FileAssocModify
|
||
$ #Typy súborov: editing#
|
||
Far dovoľuje priradiť každému typu súborov, definovanému
|
||
~maskou~@FileMasks@, až šesť príkazy:
|
||
|
||
#Vykonať príkaz# Performed if #Enter# is pressed
|
||
#(used for Enter)#
|
||
|
||
#Príkaz pre zobrazenie# Performed if #Ctrl+PgDn# is pressed
|
||
#(used for Ctrl+PgDn)#
|
||
|
||
#Príkaz pre zobrazenie# Performed if #F3# is pressed
|
||
#(used for F3)#
|
||
|
||
#Príkaz pre zobrazenie# Performed if #Alt+F3# is pressed
|
||
#(used for Alt+F3)#
|
||
|
||
#Príkaz pre editovanie# Performed if #F4# is pressed
|
||
#(used for F4)#
|
||
|
||
#Príkaz pre editovanie# Performed if #Alt+F4# is pressed
|
||
#(used for Alt+F4)#
|
||
|
||
Názov daného typu môžete uviesť do poľa #Popis typu#.
|
||
|
||
~Special symbols~@MetaSymbols@ can be used in the associated command.
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>If no execute command is associated with file and
|
||
#Use Windows registered types# option in ~System settings~@SystemSettings@
|
||
dialog is on, Far tries to use Windows association to execute this file type.
|
||
2. ^<wrap>Operating system ~commands~@OSCommands@ "IF EXIST" and "IF DEFINED"
|
||
allow to configure "smarter" associations - if you have specified several
|
||
associations for a file type, the menu will show only the associations
|
||
for which the conditions are true.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@MetaSymbols
|
||
$ #Special symbols#
|
||
Môžete používať nasledovné špeciálne symboly v ~priradenom príkaze~@FileAssoc@,
|
||
~user menu~@UserMenu@ and the command ~"Apply command"~@ApplyCmd@:
|
||
|
||
#!!# ^<wrap>Znak '!'
|
||
#!# Dlhé meno súboru bez prípony
|
||
#!~~# Krátke meno súboru bez prípony
|
||
#!`# Long extension without file name (ext)
|
||
#!`~~# Short extension without file name (ext)
|
||
#!.!# Dlhé meno súboru s príponou
|
||
#!-!# Krátke meno súboru s príponou
|
||
#!+!# Podobné ako !-! ale ak sa dlhé meno súboru stratilo vykonaním prílazu, Far ho vráti späť
|
||
#!@@!# Názov súboru so zoznamom označených súborov
|
||
#!$!# Názov súboru so zoznamom krátkych mien označených súborov
|
||
#!&# List of selected files
|
||
#!&~~# List of selected short file names
|
||
#!:# Aktuálna jednotka
|
||
#!\\# Aktuálna cesta
|
||
#!/# Krátke meno aktuálnej cesty
|
||
#!=\\# Current path considering ~symbolic links~@HardSymLink@.
|
||
#!=/# Short name of the current path considering ~symbolic links~@HardSymLink@.
|
||
#!?!# Description of the current file
|
||
|
||
#!?<title>?<init>!#
|
||
Tento symbol je pri spustení príkazu nahradnený
|
||
užívateľských vstupom. <title> a <init> - hlavička a počiatočný text vstupného poľa dialógového okna.
|
||
Dovolené je použiť aj niekoľko takýchto symbolov v jednom riadku, napríklad:
|
||
grep !?Hľadaj:?! !?V súboroch:?*.*!|c:\\far\\Far.exe -v -
|
||
|
||
A history name for the <init> string can be supplied in the <title>. In such case the command has the following format:
|
||
#!?$<history>$<title>?<init>!#, for example:
|
||
grep !?#$GrepHist$#Search for:?! !?In:?*.*!|Far.exe -v -
|
||
|
||
Leave the name empty to disable history.
|
||
|
||
The entered string can also be accessed later as #%<history># (or as #%UserVarN#, where N is the index of the corresponding input).
|
||
|
||
In <title> and <init> the usage of other meta-symbols is allowed by enclosing them in brackets, e.g.
|
||
grep !?Find in (!.!):?! |Far.exe -v -.
|
||
|
||
#!###
|
||
Ak pred niektorým špeciálnym symbolom uvediete "!##", znamená to
|
||
referenciu pasívneho panelu (see note 4).
|
||
Napríklad !##!.! označuje aktuálny súbor
|
||
v pasívnom paneli.
|
||
|
||
#!^#
|
||
"!^" prefix forces all subsequent special symbols
|
||
to refer to the active panel (see note 4).
|
||
For example, !^!.! denotes a current file name on
|
||
the active panel, !##!\\!^!.! - a file on the passive
|
||
panel with the same name as the name of the current
|
||
file on the active panel.
|
||
|
||
#![#
|
||
"![" prefix forces all subsequent special symbols
|
||
to refer to the left panel (see note 4).
|
||
For example, ![!.! denotes a current file name on
|
||
the left panel, ![!\\!^!.! - a file on the left
|
||
panel with the same name as the name of the current
|
||
file on the active panel.
|
||
|
||
#!]#
|
||
"!]" prefix forces all subsequent special symbols
|
||
to refer to the right panel (see note 4).
|
||
For example, !]!.! denotes a current file name on
|
||
the right panel, !]!\\!^!.! - a file on the right
|
||
panel with the same name as the name of the current
|
||
file on the active panel.
|
||
|
||
Poznámky:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>When handling special characters, Far substitutes only the string
|
||
corresponding to the special character. No additional characters (for example,
|
||
quotes) are added, and you should add them yourself if it is needed. For
|
||
example, if a program used in the associations requires a file name to be
|
||
enclosed in quotes, you should specify #program.exe "!.!"# and not
|
||
#program.exe !.!#.
|
||
|
||
2. ^<wrap>The following modifiers can be used with the special symbols #!@@!# and #!$!#:
|
||
#Q# - enclose names in quotes;
|
||
#S# - use ‘/’ instead of ‘\\’ in pathnames;
|
||
#F# - use full pathnames;
|
||
#A# - use ANSI code page;
|
||
#U# - use UTF-8 code page;
|
||
#W# - use UTF-16 (Little endian) code page.
|
||
|
||
^<wrap>For example, #!@@AFQ!# denotes "name of file containing the list of
|
||
selected file names, in ANSI encoding, with full pathnames, each enclosed in quotes".
|
||
|
||
^<wrap>The following modifiers can be used with the special symbols #!&# and #!&~~#:
|
||
#Q# - enclose each name in quotes. This is the default, if no modifier is specified.
|
||
#q# - do not enclose names in quotes (as it was before build 5466).
|
||
|
||
^<wrap>For example, #!&Q# denotes the list of selected file names, each enclosed in quotes.
|
||
|
||
3. ^<wrap>When there are multiple associations specified, the meta-characters !@@!
|
||
and !$! are shown in the menu as is. Those characters are translated when the command is executed.
|
||
|
||
4. ^<wrap>The prefixes "!##", "!^", "![" and "!]" work as toggles. The effect
|
||
of these prefixes continues up to the next similar prefix. For example:
|
||
|
||
if exist !##!\\!^!.! diff -c -p !##!\\!^!.! !\\!.!
|
||
|
||
^<wrap>"If the same file exists on the passive panel as the file under
|
||
the cursor on the active panel, show the differences between
|
||
the file on the passive panel and the file on the active panel,
|
||
regardless of the name of the current file on the passive panel"
|
||
|
||
5. ^<wrap>If it is needed to pass to a program a name with an ending
|
||
backslash, use quotes, e.g. #"!"\#.
|
||
^<wrap>For example, to extract a rar archive to a folder with the same name:
|
||
|
||
#winrar x "!.!" "!"\#
|
||
|
||
|
||
@SystemSettings
|
||
$ #Nastavenia systému#
|
||
#Odstraňovať do Koša#
|
||
Nastaví vymazávanie do koša. The operation of deleting to the Recycle
|
||
Bin can be performed only for local hard disks.
|
||
|
||
#Použiť kopírovanie cez systém#
|
||
Nastaví používanie funkcie CopyFileEx z Windows namiesto vnútornej implementácie
|
||
kopírovania súborov. Môže to byť výhodné u NTFS, lebo táto funkcia kopíruje rozšírené atribúty. On the other hand, when using the system
|
||
function, the possibility of "smart" ~copying~@CopyFiles@ of sparse files is not available.
|
||
|
||
#Kopírovať aj súbory otvorené na zápis#
|
||
Dovoľuje kopírovať súbory, ktoré sú iným programom otvorené pre zapisovanie.
|
||
Tento mód je šikovný na skopírovanie súboru otvoreného dlhú dobu, ale môže
|
||
byť nebezpečný, ak sa súbor modifikuje súčasne s tým ako sa kopíruje.
|
||
|
||
#Scan symbolic links#
|
||
Scan ~symbolic links~@HardSymLink@ along with normal sub-folders when building the folder tree,
|
||
determining the total file size in the sub-folders.
|
||
|
||
#Ukladať históriu príkazov#
|
||
Ak je táto možnosť zapnutá, ~história príkazov~@History@ sa bude ukladať pri ukončení a opätovne načítavať pri spustení Faru.
|
||
|
||
#Ukladať históriu adresárov#
|
||
Spôsobí uloženie ~histórie adresárov~@HistoryFolders@ pred ukončením a jej načítanie pri spustení Faru.
|
||
Históriu adresárov možno vyvolať stlačením #Alt+F12#.
|
||
|
||
#Ukladať históriuzobrazovania a editovania#
|
||
Spôsobí uloženie ~histórie prezeraných a editovaných súborov~@HistoryViews@ pred ukončením a jej načítanie pri spustení Faru.
|
||
Históriu prezeraných a editovaných súborov možno vyvolať stlačením #Alt+F11#.
|
||
|
||
#Použiť registrované typy Windows#
|
||
Ak je táto možnosť zapnutá, potom stlačenie klávesu Enter na súbore, ktorého typ je známy pre
|
||
Windows a nenachádza sa vo Fare nastavených ~typoch súborv~@FileAssoc@, spustí sa program,
|
||
ktorý je vo Windows nastavený pre tento typ súboru.
|
||
|
||
#Automatic update of environment variables#
|
||
Automatically update the environment variables if they have been changed globally.
|
||
|
||
#Request administrator rights#
|
||
The current user might not always has the required rights to work with certain file system objects.
|
||
Far allows to retry the operation using the privileged account.
|
||
Available options:
|
||
- ^<wrap>#for modification#: allow requesting rights for operations that change the state of the file system (e.g. file or directory creation/modification/deletion)
|
||
- ^<wrap>#for read#: allow requesting rights for operations that do not change the state of the file system (e.g. reading files or listing directories).
|
||
- ^<wrap>#use additional privileges#: attempt accessing all files bypassing Access Control Lists.
|
||
Use with caution.
|
||
|
||
#Sorting collation#
|
||
Allows to choose and configure the sorting collation.
|
||
- ^<wrap>#ordinal#: based on the ordinal value of the characters in the string
|
||
- ^<wrap>#invariant#: invariant collation
|
||
- ^<wrap>#linguistic#: based on the culture-specific sorting conventions
|
||
|
||
#Treat digits as numbers#
|
||
When enabled, sequential groups of digits are treated as numbers. The following example shows how the files are sorted:
|
||
┌──────────┬──────────┐
|
||
│ Disabled │ Enabled │
|
||
├──────────┼──────────┤
|
||
│ Ie4_01 │ Ie4_01 │
|
||
│ Ie4_128 │ Ie4_128 │
|
||
│ Ie401sp2 │ Ie5 │
|
||
│ Ie5 │ Ie6 │
|
||
│ Ie501sp2 │ Ie401sp2 │
|
||
│ Ie6 │ Ie501sp2 │
|
||
│ 11.txt │ 5.txt │
|
||
│ 5.txt │ 11.txt │
|
||
│ 88.txt │ 88.txt │
|
||
└──────────┴──────────┘
|
||
Note: treating digits as numbers in linguistic collation is possible in Windows 7 and above. In older systems invariant collation will be used automatically.
|
||
|
||
#Case sensitive#
|
||
Take into account the case of the characters in the string.
|
||
|
||
Note: how exactly the case of the characters in the string will be taken into account depends on the sorting collation.
|
||
|
||
#Automaticky ukladať nastavenia#
|
||
Ak je zapnuté, Far bude nastavenia ukladať automaticky. Taktiež sa uložia adresáre v oboch aktívnych paneloch.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@PanelSettings
|
||
$ #Nastavenia panelov#
|
||
#Zobrazovať skryté a systémové súbory#
|
||
Umožňuje zobraziť súbory s nastaveným atribútom Skrytý a Systémový. Toto nastavenie možno prepínať klávesovou kombináciou #Ctrl+H#.
|
||
|
||
#Zvýrazňovať súbory#
|
||
Zapne ~zvýrazňovanie súborov~@Highlight@.
|
||
|
||
#Označovať adresáre#
|
||
Zapne označovanie adresárov pri použití sivého #+# a #*#. Ináč budú tieto klávesy označovať iba súbory.
|
||
|
||
#Right click selects files#
|
||
If this option is on, #right mouse click# selects files. Otherwise, it opens Windows Explorer Context menu.
|
||
|
||
#Sort folder names by extension#
|
||
Applies sort by extension not only to files, but also to folders. When this option is turned on, sorting
|
||
by extension works the same as it did in Far 1.65. If the option is turned off, in the extension sort mode the
|
||
folders will be sorted by name, as they are in the name sort mode.
|
||
|
||
#Povoliť triedenie v opačnom poradí#
|
||
Ak je zapnuté a znovu sa vyberie aktuálny mód zoraďovania, nastaví zoraďovanie v opačnom poradí.
|
||
|
||
#Disable automatic panel update#
|
||
If this option is on and the number of file objects exceeds the specified value,
|
||
the automatic panel update when the file system state changes is disabled.
|
||
Auto-update works only for FAT/FAT32/NTFS file systems.
|
||
The value of 0 means "update always".
|
||
To force an update of the panels press #Ctrl+R#.
|
||
|
||
#Network drives autorefresh#
|
||
This option enables panel autorefresh when the file system state of a network drive is changed.
|
||
It may be helpful to disable this option on slow network connections.
|
||
|
||
#Zobrazovať názvy stĺpcov#
|
||
Zapne zobrazovanie názvov stĺpcov v ~súborovom paneli~@FilePanel@.
|
||
|
||
#Zobraz. stavový riadok#
|
||
Zapne zobrazovanie stavového riadku v súborovom paneli.
|
||
|
||
#Detect volume mount points#
|
||
Distiguishes between normal directory links (Junctions) and volume mount points.
|
||
This option significanty slows down displaying directories on slow network connections.
|
||
|
||
#Zobrazovať celkovú dĺžku a počet súborov#
|
||
Zapne zobrazovanie sumárnych informácii v spodnom riadku súborového panelu.
|
||
|
||
#Zobrazovať voľné miesto#
|
||
Zapne zobrazovanie veľkosti voľného miesta na aktuálnom disku.
|
||
|
||
#Zobrazovať posuvník#
|
||
Zapne zobrazovanie posuvníkov (jazdcov) v súborovom a ~stromovom~@TreePanel@ paneli.
|
||
|
||
#Zobrazovať počet obrazoviek v pozadí#
|
||
Zapne zobrazovanie počtu obrazoviek ~v pozadí~@ScrSwitch@.
|
||
|
||
#Zobrazovať písmeno zoradenia#
|
||
Zobrazuje nastavený zoraďovanie v ľavom hornom rohu panelu.
|
||
|
||
#Show ".." in root folders#
|
||
Enables displaying of ".." item in root folders.
|
||
Pressing #Enter# on this item opens ~Change drive menu~@DriveDlg@.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@TreeSettings
|
||
$ #Tree settings#
|
||
#Automaticky meniť adresár#
|
||
Ak je zapnuté, pohyb kurzora v ~stromovom paneli~@TreePanel@ spôsobí zmenu adresára v druhom paneli.
|
||
Ak nie je zapnuté, na zmenu adresára je potrebné stlačiť #Enter#.
|
||
|
||
#Minimum number of folders#
|
||
The minimal number of folders on the disk for which folder tree cache file #tree3.far# will be created.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@InterfSettings
|
||
$ #Nastavenia prostredia#
|
||
#Čas#
|
||
Zobrazí v pravom hornom rohu obrazovky čas.
|
||
|
||
#Myš#
|
||
Zapne používanie myši.
|
||
|
||
#Zobrazovať tlačítka funkčných kláves#
|
||
Zobrazí na spodnom riadku obrazovky riadok s krátkymi popismi funkcií kláves.
|
||
Taktiež možno použiť kombináciu #Ctrl+B#.
|
||
|
||
#Trvale zobrazovať horné menu#
|
||
Horný riadok z položkami menu bude zobrazený aj keď menu nebude aktívne.
|
||
|
||
#Šetrič obrazovky#
|
||
Po nastavenom čase (v minútach) bez aktivity spustí šetrič obrazovky. When this option
|
||
is enabled, screen saver will also activate when mouse pointer is brought
|
||
to the upper right corner of Far window.
|
||
|
||
#Zobrazuj indikátor celkovej dĺžky kopírovania#
|
||
Vyvolá zobrazenie indikátora celkovej dĺžky pri kopírovaní súborov.
|
||
To môže vyžadovať pred začatím samotného kopírovania trochu času navyše
|
||
na výpočet celkovej dĺžky súborov.
|
||
|
||
#Show copying time information#
|
||
Show information about average copying speed, copying time and
|
||
estimated remaining time in the copy dialog.
|
||
Since this function requires some time to gather statistics, it is likely
|
||
that you won't see any information if you're copying many small files
|
||
and the option "Show total copy progress indicator" is disabled.
|
||
|
||
#Show total delete indicator#
|
||
Show total progress bar, when performing a file delete operation.
|
||
This could require some additional time before starting deleting
|
||
to calculate the total files count.
|
||
|
||
#Use Ctrl+PgUp to change drive#
|
||
Pressing #Ctrl+PgUp# in the root directory shows the drive selection menu.
|
||
If Network plugin is installed, for network folders (and network drives, if switch
|
||
is in the third state) a list of server shared resources will be shown.
|
||
|
||
#Use Virtual Terminal for rendering#
|
||
Render the output using ANSI escape sequences. You can find more about it ~here~@https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/console/classic-vs-vt@.
|
||
This allows using 8 and 24-bit colors, text styles, and may (or may not) work better (or worse) with some Unicode characters.
|
||
Requires Windows 10 and above.
|
||
|
||
#Fullwidth-aware rendering#
|
||
Take into account the fact that East Asian characters require two screen cells instead of one.
|
||
The support is rudimentary and experimental. It may work or not, depending on your OS, locale, terminal, font and other settings.
|
||
|
||
#ClearType friendly redraw#
|
||
Redraw the window in such a way that ClearType related artifacts do not appear.
|
||
#Attention!#: Enabling this option can considerably slow down the redraw speed.
|
||
|
||
#Console icon#
|
||
If this option is activated, Far will set the selected embedded icon as the icon of the console window.
|
||
Otherwise you can choose any desired icon in the Far shourtcut properties.
|
||
|
||
#Alternate for Administrator#
|
||
If this option is activated, Far will use the red icon when running with administrator privileges.
|
||
|
||
#Far window title addons#
|
||
Additional information, displayed in the window title.
|
||
Can contain any text, including environment variables (e.g. "%USERDOMAIN%\%USERNAME%") and the following special variables:
|
||
- #%Ver# - Far version;
|
||
- #%Platform# - Far platform;
|
||
- #%Admin# - ^<wrap>"Administrator" if running as administrator, otherwise an empty string.
|
||
- #%PID# - Far process ID;
|
||
|
||
|
||
@DialogSettings
|
||
$ #Settings dialog: dialogs#
|
||
#História vo vstupoch# Zapne ukladanie histórie vo všetkých
|
||
#dialógových okien# dialógových vstupných oknách. Zoznam
|
||
predtým použitých reťazcov (vstupov)
|
||
možno vyvolať myšou alebo použitím
|
||
#Ctrl# zo šípkou nahor, resp. nadol. Ak
|
||
si takúto históriu neželáte, napr. z
|
||
bezpečnostných dôvodov, vypnite ju tu.
|
||
|
||
#Persistent blocks# Do not remove block selection after moving
|
||
#in edit controls# the cursor in dialog edit controls and
|
||
command line.
|
||
|
||
#Del removes blocks# If a block is selected, pressing Del will
|
||
#in edit controls# not remove the character under cursor, but
|
||
this block.
|
||
|
||
#AutoComplete# Allows to use the AutoComplete function
|
||
#in edit controls# in edit controls that have a history list
|
||
or in combo boxes. When the option is
|
||
disabled, you can use the #Ctrl+End# key
|
||
to autocomplete a line. The autocomplete
|
||
feature is disabled while a macro is
|
||
being recorded or executed.
|
||
|
||
#Backspace deletes# If the option is on, pressing #BackSpace#
|
||
#unchanged text# in an unchanged edit string deletes
|
||
the entire text, as if #Del# had been
|
||
pressed.
|
||
|
||
#Mouse click outside# #Right/left mouse click# outside a dialog
|
||
#a dialog closes it# closes the dialog (see ~Common~@MiscCmd@).
|
||
This option allows to switch off this
|
||
functionality.
|
||
|
||
See also the list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroDialogList@, available in dialogs.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@VMenuSettings
|
||
$ #Menu settings#
|
||
#Left/Right/Middle mouse click outside a menu#
|
||
You can choose action for mouse buttons, when click occures outside a menu:
|
||
#Cancel menu#, #Execute selected item# or #Do nothing#.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@CmdlineSettings
|
||
$ #Settings dialog: command line#
|
||
#Persistent blocks#
|
||
Do not remove block selection after moving the cursor in command line.
|
||
|
||
#Del removes blocks#
|
||
If a block is selected, pressing Del will not remove the character under cursor, but this block.
|
||
|
||
#AutoComplete#
|
||
Allows to use the AutoComplete function in command line. When the option is
|
||
disabled, you can use the #Ctrl+Space# key to autocomplete a line. The autocomplete
|
||
feature is disabled while a macro is being recorded or executed.
|
||
|
||
#Set command line prompt format#
|
||
This option allows to set the default Far command ~line prompt~@CommandPrompt@.
|
||
|
||
#Use home dir#
|
||
This option specifies the target folder of ~CD ~~~@OSCommands@ command.
|
||
If the string is empty, #CD ~~# will attempt to change the current path
|
||
to real “~~” directory (and fail if this is impossible, e.g. because
|
||
the directory does not exist). Default value is string “%FARHOME%” which
|
||
denotes Far home directory.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@AutoCompleteSettings
|
||
$ #Settings dialog: AutoComplete#
|
||
#Show a list#
|
||
Show completion suggestions as a list.
|
||
|
||
#Modal mode#
|
||
Make the list modal.
|
||
|
||
#Append the first matched item#
|
||
Append the first matched item to the command line text as you type.
|
||
|
||
There are several additional options to control what data sources will be used to populate the completion list:
|
||
- #Interface.Completion.UseFilesystem#
|
||
- #Interface.Completion.UseHistory#
|
||
- #Interface.Completion.UsePath#
|
||
- #Interface.Completion.UseEnvironment#
|
||
All parameters are 3-state - yes / no / only if called manually (using #Ctrl+Space#).
|
||
These parameters can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@CommandPrompt
|
||
$ #Command line prompt format#
|
||
Far umožňuje zmeniť štandard zobrazovania úvodnej informácie v príkazovom riadku.
|
||
To change it you have to enter the needed sequence of variables and
|
||
special code words in the #Set command line prompt format# input field
|
||
of the ~Command line settings~@CmdlineSettings@ dialog, this will allow showing
|
||
additional information in the command prompt.
|
||
|
||
Môžete použiť environment variables and nasledovné formátovacie premenné:
|
||
|
||
$a - ^<wrap>znak &
|
||
$b - znak |
|
||
$c - znak (
|
||
$d - current date (depends on system settings)
|
||
$f - znak )
|
||
$g - znak >
|
||
$h - delete the previous character
|
||
$l - znak <
|
||
$m - full network path of the current drive or empty, if the current drive is not a network drive
|
||
$n - písmeno aktuálnej jednotky
|
||
$p - aktuálna drive and cesta
|
||
$q - znak =
|
||
$s - space
|
||
$t - current time in HH:MM:SS format
|
||
$w - current working directory (without the path)
|
||
$$ - znak $
|
||
$+ - the depth of the folders stack
|
||
$##nn - ^<wrap>max prompt width, given in percents relative to the width of the window
|
||
$@@xx - ^<wrap>"Administrator", if Far Manager is running as administrator.
|
||
xx is a placeholder for two characters that will surround the "Administrator" word.
|
||
For example, #$@@{}$s$p$g# will be shown as "{Administrator} C:\>"
|
||
|
||
By default the #$p$g# sequence is used - current drive and path ("C:\>").
|
||
|
||
Examples:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>A prompt of the following format #[%COMPUTERNAME%]$S$P$G#
|
||
will contain the computer name, current drive and path
|
||
(the %COMPUTERNAME% environment variable must be defined)
|
||
|
||
2. ^<wrap>A prompt of the following format #[$T$H$H$H]$S$P$G# will
|
||
display the current time in HH:MM format before the current drive and path
|
||
|
||
3. ^<wrap>Code "$+" displays the number of pluses (+) needed according to
|
||
current ~PUSHD~@OSCommands@ directory stack depth, one character per each
|
||
saved path.
|
||
|
||
Prompt elements can be highlighted with #colors#.
|
||
|
||
Format:
|
||
#([[T]FFFFFFFF][:[T]BBBBBBBB])#, where:
|
||
|
||
#FFFFFFFF#
|
||
Foreground color in aarrggbb format or index in the console palette.
|
||
|
||
#BBBBBBBB#
|
||
Background color in aarrggbb format or index in the console palette.
|
||
|
||
#T#
|
||
"TrueColor" flag. If absent, value is treated as the console palette index (0-F):
|
||
|
||
\00 \11 \22 \33 \44 \55 \66 \77 \88 \99 \AA \BB \CC \DD \EE \FF \-
|
||
0123456789ABCDEF
|
||
|
||
If foreground or background color is omitted, the corresponding default value will be used.
|
||
|
||
Examples:
|
||
|
||
#(E)# \0e Bright yellow text on default background \-
|
||
#(:F)# \f7 Default text on white background \-
|
||
#(B:C)# \cb Bright blue text on bright red background \-
|
||
#()# \07 Default text on default background \-
|
||
#(T00CCCC:TE34234)# \(T00CCCC:TE34234) Robin egg blue text on Vermilion background \-
|
||
|
||
The specified color will be active till the end of the prompt or the next color entry.
|
||
|
||
Example:
|
||
|
||
#(a)%username%(f)@@(b)%computername%() $p$g# \0aadmin\0f@@\0bserver\07 C:\\>\-
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Viewer
|
||
$ #Zabudovaný prezerač: control keys#
|
||
Príkazy prezerača
|
||
|
||
The behavior of navigation keys depends on the ~view mode~@ViewerMode@.
|
||
|
||
The following keys work in all modes:
|
||
|
||
#Nahor# Riadok vyššie
|
||
#Nadol# Riadok nižšie
|
||
#PgUp# Stranu vyššie
|
||
#PgDn# Stranu nižšie
|
||
#Home, Ctrl+Home# Začiatok súboru
|
||
#End, Ctrl+End# Koniec súboru
|
||
|
||
The following additional keys work in #text mode without line wrap#:
|
||
|
||
#Doľava# Znak vľavo
|
||
#Doprava# Znak vpravo
|
||
#Ctrl+Doľava# 20 znakov vľavo
|
||
#Ctrl+Doprava# 20 znakov vpravo
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+Left# Show the leftmost column
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+Right# Show the rightmost column of all lines currently visible on the screen
|
||
|
||
In the #hex# and #dump# ~view modes~@ViewerMode@, #Ctrl+Left# and
|
||
#Ctrl+Right# keys shift the content within the window one byte at a time
|
||
in the corresponding direction.
|
||
|
||
In the #hex# ~view mode~@ViewerMode@, #Alt+Left# and #Alt+Right# key
|
||
combinations decrease or increase the number of bytes displayed on each
|
||
row by one byte, respectively. #Ctrl+Alt+Left# and #Ctrl+Alt+Right# key
|
||
combinations adjust the number of displayed bytes by 16 at a time.
|
||
|
||
Viewer commands
|
||
|
||
#F1# ^<wrap>Nápoveda
|
||
#F2# Zapína/vypína rozdeľovanie dlhých riadkov in #text# mode, or change ~view mode~@ViewerMode@
|
||
#Shift+F2# Toggle wrap type (characters or words) in #text# ~view mode~@ViewerMode@
|
||
#F4# Prepína ~view mode~@ViewerMode@ to #hex# and back
|
||
#Shift+F4# Select ~view mode~@ViewerMode@: #text#, #hex#, or #dump#
|
||
#F6# Prepne do ~editora~@Editor@
|
||
#F7# ~Hľadanie~@ViewerSearch@
|
||
#Shift+F7, Space# Pokračovanie v hľadaní
|
||
#Alt+F7# Continue search in reverse direction
|
||
#F8# Prepína mód zobrazovania OEM/ANSI
|
||
#Shift+F8# Select code page using the ~Code pages~@CodePagesMenu@ menu
|
||
#Alt+F8# ~Zmeň aktuálnu pozíciu~@ViewerGotoPos@
|
||
#Alt+F9# Maximize or restore the size of the Far console window;
|
||
see also ~Interface.AltF9~@Interface.AltF9@
|
||
#Alt+Shift+F9# Open ~Viewer settings~@ViewerSettings@ dialog
|
||
#NumKlav5,F3,F10,Esc# Koniec (opustenie prezerača)
|
||
#Ctrl+F10# Jump to the current file on the active file panel
|
||
#F11# Zobrazí menu ~Príkazy prídavných modulov~@Plugins@
|
||
#Alt+F11# Display ~file view and edit history~@HistoryViews@
|
||
#+# Choď na nasledujúci súbor
|
||
#-# Choď na predošlý súbor
|
||
#Ctrl+O# Ukáž užívateľskú obrazovku
|
||
#Ctrl+Alt+Shift# Temporarily show user screen
|
||
(while the key combination is held down)
|
||
#Ctrl+B# Toggle functional key bar at the bottom of the screen
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+B# Toggle status line
|
||
#Ctrl+S# Toggle the scrollbar
|
||
#Alt+BS, Ctrl+Z# Späť na predošlú pozíciu
|
||
#PravýCtrl+0…9# Ulož aktuálnu pozíciu 0…9
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+0…9# Ulož aktuálnu pozíciu 0…9
|
||
#ĽavýCtrl+0…9# Choď na uloženú pozíciu 0…9
|
||
#Ctrl+Ins, Ctrl+C# Copy the selected text to the clipboard.
|
||
The text can be selected manually or as the result of a ~search~@ViewerSearch@.
|
||
#Ctrl+U# Unselect the text
|
||
#Shift+Mouse click# Select text manually. The first mouse click indicates the
|
||
beginning of the selected area; the second click indicates the end.
|
||
Use navigation keys after the first click to bring the end position into
|
||
the view. The end of the selected area may be set before or after the
|
||
beginning in the text.
|
||
|
||
See also the list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroViewerList@ available in the viewer.
|
||
|
||
Poznámky:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>Dialógové okno ~hľadania~@ViewerSearch@ sa spustí automaticky ak začnete
|
||
písať text, ktorý chcete vyhľadať.
|
||
|
||
2. ^<wrap>The viewer opens files with the permission to be deleted.
|
||
If another process attempts to delete the file while it is open in the
|
||
viewer, the file will be deleted after the viewer is closed. Any
|
||
operation on a file while its deletion is pending will fail. This is
|
||
a feature of the Windows operating system.
|
||
|
||
3. ^<wrap>The maximum number of columns displayed in the #text#
|
||
~view mode~@ViewerMode@ can be configured in the
|
||
~Viewer settings~@ViewerSettings@ dialog. The range is between 100 to 100,000,
|
||
the default is 10,000. Lines longer than the maximum will be split into
|
||
several screen rows even if word wrap mode is turned off.
|
||
|
||
4. ^<wrap>Far starts ~searching~@ViewerSearch@ (#F7#) from the
|
||
beginning of the currently visible area.
|
||
|
||
5. ^<wrap>To auto-scroll a file which is being appended by another
|
||
process (conf. Linux “tail”), go to the end of the file (press the #End# key).
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ViewerMode
|
||
$ #Viewer: view modes#
|
||
The viewer can render the content of the file in three modes:
|
||
#text#, #hex#, and #dump#. Current mode is indicated with a character
|
||
on the first (status) line of the window, to the left of the current
|
||
code page number:
|
||
- #t#: text,
|
||
- #h#: hex,
|
||
- #d#: dump.
|
||
|
||
When a file is opened, if #Save view mode# option in the
|
||
~Viewer settings~@ViewerSettings@ dialog is on and the file exists
|
||
in ~File view and edit history~@HistoryViews@, the last used view mode
|
||
is selected. Otherwise, if #Detect dump view mode# option in the
|
||
~Viewer settings~@ViewerSettings@ dialog is on and Far considers the
|
||
file binary, the #dump# mode is selected. Otherwise, the #text# mode is selected.
|
||
|
||
The view mode can be changed manually with the following keys:
|
||
|
||
#Shift+F4#
|
||
Opens the #View mode# menu. If #text# or #dump#
|
||
mode is selected, it becomes the #base# mode; selecting #hex# mode
|
||
switches the current mode but does not change the base mode.
|
||
|
||
#F4#
|
||
Switches #text# or #dump# mode to #hex#, and
|
||
#hex# mode to the base (#text# or #dump#) mode most recently selected
|
||
in the #View mode# menu.
|
||
|
||
#F2#
|
||
In the #text# mode toggles line wrap/unwrap,
|
||
switches #dump# mode to #text#, and switches #hex# mode to the opposite
|
||
of the base mode (#dump# or #text#) most recently selected in the
|
||
#View mode# menu. Note: #F4# and #F2# switch #hex# mode to different
|
||
modes.
|
||
|
||
#Text# mode
|
||
|
||
In the #text# mode, viewer renders file content interpreting byte
|
||
sequences as character strings using the encoding defined by the current
|
||
code page. (Note that some encodings can use more than one byte
|
||
to represent a character.) Byte sequences invalid in the current
|
||
encoding and characters for which there are no glyphs in the console
|
||
window font are displayed as question marks, or empty rectangles,
|
||
or small question marks in a rectangle, or blanks. The representation
|
||
depends on the console window font.
|
||
|
||
Text lines are broken at any conventional line delimiter, U+000A
|
||
U+000D (Dos/Windows format), U+000A (Unix format), or U+000D (Mac
|
||
format).
|
||
|
||
Long text lines which do not fit into the window can be either
|
||
truncated or wrapped over multiple screen rows. The #F2# key switches
|
||
between #wrap# and #truncate# modes. In #wrap# mode, #Shift+F2# key
|
||
combination controls whether the lines can be broken inside a word.
|
||
|
||
In #truncate# mode, the text can be scrolled horizontally within the
|
||
window. The #Right# key scrolls the text one column to the left; the
|
||
#Left# key scrolls one column to the right (think of moving the window
|
||
over the file content). The #Ctrl+Right# and #Ctrl+Left# key
|
||
combinations scroll 20 columns at a time. If #Show scrolling arrows#
|
||
in the ~Viewer settings~@ViewerSettings@ dialog is on, the truncated
|
||
lines are indicated with the #«# and #»# characters at the corresponding
|
||
edge of the window. The characters are displayed in a different color.
|
||
|
||
The maximum length of text lines is limited to the #Maximum line width#
|
||
defined in the ~Viewer settings~@ViewerSettings@ dialog. Longer lines
|
||
are split into several screen rows even in #truncate# mode.
|
||
|
||
#Dump# mode
|
||
|
||
In the #dump# mode, viewer renders file content character by character
|
||
without regard of line breaks or control codes which are treated
|
||
as ordinary characters. The characters are displayed on screen rows from
|
||
left to right. After reaching the end of the row, the next character
|
||
is displayed in the leftmost position of the next row.
|
||
|
||
NOTE: Strictly speaking, text is rendered by code units, not by
|
||
characters. The size of a code unit depends on the encoding defined
|
||
by the current code page; it is one byte for single-byte encodings
|
||
(e.g. all ANSI code pages) and UTF-8, and two bytes for UTF-16 and
|
||
UTF-16BE encodings. For example:
|
||
|
||
Code page 1252 (ANSI - Latin I): each byte is displayed in its
|
||
own screen position.
|
||
|
||
Code page 65001 (UTF-8): the character is displayed in the
|
||
position corresponding to the leading byte of the UTF-8 sequence, and
|
||
the positions of continuation bytes are filled with the #›# characters
|
||
(code point U+203A).
|
||
|
||
Code page 1200 (UTF-16): each screen position represents two
|
||
consecutive bytes starting at an even offset in the file.
|
||
|
||
In the #dump# mode, there is no notion of a text line. Instead
|
||
of horizontal scrolling (cf. #text# #truncate# mode), the text
|
||
is shifted one character at a time. The #Ctrl+Right# key combination
|
||
shifts all characters to the left; the first character on a row becomes
|
||
the last on the previous row. The #Ctrl+Left# key combination shifts all
|
||
characters to the right moving the last character of a row to the first
|
||
positions of the next row. The text “flows” from row to row. The #Right#
|
||
and #Left# keys are ignored.
|
||
|
||
#Hex# mode (hexadecimal codes)
|
||
|
||
In the #hex# mode, viewer renders file content 16 bytes per screen
|
||
row, with the hexadecimal offset of the first byte of each row at the
|
||
left, followed by the hexadecimal representation of the bytes, followed
|
||
by the character representation.
|
||
|
||
The rendition depends on the encoding defined by the current code
|
||
page. For single-byte encodings (e.g. all ANSI code pages), the bytes
|
||
on each row are represented by 16 double-digit hex values followed by 16
|
||
characters. For UTF-8 encoding, the bytes are represented the same way,
|
||
while the characters are displayed at the positions of the leading bytes
|
||
of the UTF-8 sequences with the positions of continuation bytes being
|
||
filled with the #›# characters (code point U+203A). For UTF-16(BE)
|
||
encodings the hex values are followed by eight characters. For example:
|
||
|
||
Code page 1252 (ANSI - Latin I)
|
||
|
||
@-
|
||
\1b0000000000: 54 68 65 20 71 75 69 63 │ 6B 20 62 72 6F 77 6E 20 The quick brown \-
|
||
\1b0000000010: 66 6F 78 20 6A 75 6D 70 │ 73 20 6F 76 65 72 20 74 fox jumps over t\-
|
||
\1b0000000020: 68 65 20 6C 61 7A 79 20 │ 64 6F 67 27 73 20 62 61 he lazy dog's ba\-
|
||
\1b0000000030: 63 6B 2E 0D 0A │ ck.♪◙ \-
|
||
@+
|
||
|
||
Code page 65001 (UTF-8)
|
||
|
||
@-
|
||
\1b0000000035: D0 92 20 D1 87 D0 B0 D1 │ 89 D0 B0 D1 85 20 D1 8E В› ч›а›щ›а›х› ю›\-
|
||
\1b0000000045: D0 B3 D0 B0 20 D0 B6 D0 │ B8 D0 BB 2D D0 B1 D1 8B г›а› ж›и›л›-б›ы›\-
|
||
\1b0000000055: D0 BB 20 D1 86 D0 B8 D1 │ 82 D1 80 D1 83 D1 81 2C л› ц›и›т›р›у›с›,\-
|
||
@+
|
||
|
||
Code page 1200 (UTF-16)
|
||
|
||
@-
|
||
\1b00000000A2: 3D 04 3E 04 20 00 44 04 │ 30 04 3B 04 4C 04 48 04 но фальш\-
|
||
\1b00000000B2: 38 04 32 04 4B 04 39 04 │ 20 00 4D 04 3A 04 37 04 ивый экз\-
|
||
\1b00000000C2: 35 04 3C 04 3F 04 3B 04 │ 4F 04 40 04 2C 00 20 00 емпляр, \-
|
||
\1b00000000D2: 34 04 30 04 2E 00 0D 00 │ 0A 00 да.♪◙ \-
|
||
@+
|
||
|
||
The #Ctrl+Right# key combination shifts all bytes to the left; the
|
||
first byte on a row becomes the last on the previous row. The
|
||
#Ctrl+Left# key combination shifts all bytes to the right moving the
|
||
last byte of a row to the first positions of the next row. Unlike
|
||
in #dump# mode, the content is shifted by a byte, not by a character.
|
||
|
||
The #Alt+Right# key combination increases the number of bytes displayed
|
||
on each row by one byte. The #Ctrl+Alt+Right# key combination increases
|
||
the number of bytes by 16 at a time. The #Alt+Left# key combination
|
||
decreases the number of bytes displayed on each row by one byte. The
|
||
#Ctrl+Alt+Left# key combination decreases the number of bytes by 16 at
|
||
a time.
|
||
|
||
The #Right# and #Left# keys are ignored.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ViewerGotoPos
|
||
$ #Viewer: go to specified position#
|
||
This dialog allows to change the position in the internal viewer.
|
||
|
||
You can enter an absolute or relative value or percentage, in decimal or hexadecimal.
|
||
For relative add #+# or #-# before the value.
|
||
For percentage add #%# after the value.
|
||
For decimal either add #m# after the value or uncheck the #Hex value#.
|
||
For hexadecimal either add #0x# or #$# before the value, #h# after the value, or check the #Hex value#.
|
||
|
||
The value will be interpreted as an offset from the beginning of the file.
|
||
If the current view mode is #unwrapped text# it is possible to enter an additional value
|
||
which will be interpreted as a first visible column.
|
||
Values must be delimited by space or one of the following characters: #,.;:#.
|
||
If a value is omitted the corresponding parameter will not be changed.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ViewerSearch
|
||
$ #Viewer: search#
|
||
For searching in the ~viewer~@Viewer@, the following modes and options are
|
||
available:
|
||
|
||
#Search for text#
|
||
Search for any text entered in the #Search for# edit line.
|
||
|
||
#Search for hex#
|
||
Search for a string corresponding to hexadecimal codes entered in the #Search for# string.
|
||
|
||
#Case sensitive#
|
||
The case of the characters entered will be taken into account
|
||
while searching (so, for example, #Text# will not be found when searching for #text#).
|
||
|
||
#Whole words#
|
||
The given text will be found only if it occurs in the text as a whole word.
|
||
|
||
#Reverse search#
|
||
Reverse the search direction - search from the end of file towards the beginning.
|
||
|
||
#Regular expressions#
|
||
Enable the use of ~regular expressions~@RegExp@ in the search string.
|
||
The multiline search is not supported.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Editor
|
||
$ #Editor#
|
||
To edit the file currently under the cursor you should press #F4#. This
|
||
can be used to open the internal editor or any of the user defined external
|
||
editors which are defined in the ~Editor settings~@EditorSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
#Creating files using the editor#
|
||
|
||
If a nonexistent file name is entered after pressing the #Shift+F4# hotkey
|
||
then a ~new file~@FileOpenCreate@ will be created.
|
||
|
||
Remarks:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>If a name of a nonexistent folder is entered when creating a new file
|
||
then a "~Path to the file to edit does not exist~@WarnEditorPath@" warning will be shown.
|
||
2. ^<wrap>When trying to reload a file already opened in the editor the
|
||
"~reloading a file~@EditorReload@" warning message will be shown.
|
||
3. ^<wrap>The ANSI code page is used by default when creating new files, this
|
||
behavior can be changed in the ~Editor settings~@EditorSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
#Control keys#
|
||
|
||
Pohyb kurzora:
|
||
|
||
#Doľava# ^<wrap>Znak vľavo
|
||
#Ctrl+S# Move the cursor one character to the left, but don't move to the previous line if the line beginning is reached.
|
||
#Doprava# Znak vpravo
|
||
#Nahor# Riadok vyššie
|
||
#Nadol# Riadok nižšie
|
||
#Ctrl+Doľava# Slovo vľavo
|
||
#Ctrl+Doprava# Slovo vpravo
|
||
#Ctrl+Nahor# Riadok vyššie skrolovaním obrazovky
|
||
#Ctrl+Nadol# Riadok nižšie skrolovaním obrazovky
|
||
#PgUp# Stranu vyššie
|
||
#PgDn# Stranu nižšie
|
||
#Home# Začiatok riadku
|
||
#End# Koniec riadku
|
||
#Ctrl+Home, Ctrl+PgUp# Začiatok súboru
|
||
#Ctrl+End, Ctrl+PgDn# Koniec súboru
|
||
#Ctrl+N# Začiatok obrazovky
|
||
#Ctrl+E# Koniec obrazovky
|
||
|
||
Operácie vymazávania
|
||
|
||
#Del# ^<wrap>Vymaže znak (taktiež môže vymazať blok, podľa ~nastavenia editoru~@EditorSettings@).
|
||
#BS# Vymaže znak naľavo
|
||
#Ctrl+Y# Vymaže riadok
|
||
#Ctrl+K# Vymaže znaky po koniec riadku
|
||
#Ctrl+BS# Vymaže slovo naľavo
|
||
#Ctrl+T, Ctrl+Del# Vymaže slovo napravo
|
||
|
||
Operácie s blokmi
|
||
|
||
#Shift+Kurzorové klávesy# Označí blok
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+Kur. klávesy# Označí blok
|
||
#Alt+Sivé kurzorové kl.# Označí vertikálny blok
|
||
#Alt+Shift+Kurz. klávesy# Označí vertikálny blok
|
||
#Ctrl+Alt+gray keys# Označí vertikálny blok
|
||
#Ctrl+A# Označí celý text
|
||
#Ctrl+U# Odznačí blok
|
||
#Shift+Ins, Ctrl+V# Vloží blok zo schránky
|
||
#Shift+Del, Ctrl+X# Vymaže blok (presunie do schránky)
|
||
#Ctrl+Ins, Ctrl+C# Skopíruje blok do schránky
|
||
#Ctrl+<Sivý +># Pridá blok do schránky
|
||
#Ctrl+D# Vymaže blok
|
||
#Ctrl+P# Skopíruje blok na pozíciu kurzora (len v móde trvalých blokov)
|
||
#Ctrl+M# Presunie blok na pozíciu kurzora (len v móde trvalých blokov)
|
||
#Alt+U# Posunie blok doľava
|
||
#Alt+I# Posunie blok doprava
|
||
|
||
Iné operácie
|
||
|
||
#F1# ^<wrap>Nápoveda
|
||
#F2# Uloženie súboru
|
||
#Shift+F2# Uloženie súboru ~pod iným menom~@FileSaveAs@
|
||
#Shift+F4# Edit ~new file~@FileOpenCreate@
|
||
#F6# Prepnutie do ~prezerača~@Viewer@
|
||
#F7# ~Hľadanie~@EditorSearch@
|
||
#Ctrl+F7# ~Nahradzovanie~@EditorSearch@
|
||
#Shift+F7# Pokračovanie v hľadaní
|
||
#Alt+F7# Continue search/replace in "reverse" mode
|
||
#F8# Prepínanie medzi DOS/Windows módom
|
||
#Shift+F8# Výber užívateľskej tabuľky znakov (pozri poznámky nižšie)
|
||
#Alt+F8# ~Presun na~@EditorGotoPos@ zadaný riadok a stĺpec
|
||
#Alt+F9# Maximize or restore the size of the Far console window; see also ~Interface.AltF9~@Interface.AltF9@
|
||
#Alt+Shift+F9# Call ~Editor settings~@EditorSettings@ dialog
|
||
#F10, F4, Esc# Koniec
|
||
#Shift+F10# Uložiť súbor a koniec
|
||
#Ctrl+F10# Position to the current file
|
||
#F11# Zobrazí menu "~Príkazy prídavných modulov~@Plugins@"
|
||
#Alt+F11# Display ~file view and edit history~@HistoryViews@
|
||
#Alt+BS, Ctrl+Z# Odvolanie poslednej operácie
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+Z# Redo
|
||
#Ctrl+L# Zákaz modifikácie editovaného textu
|
||
#Ctrl+O# Zobrazenie užívateľskej obrazovky
|
||
#Ctrl+Alt+Shift# Temporarily show user screen (as long as these keys are held down)
|
||
#Ctrl+Q# Považuj nasledovnú kombináciu kláves za kód znaku
|
||
#RightCtrl+0…9# Set a bookmark 0…9 at the current position
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+0…9# Set a bookmark 0…9 at the current position
|
||
#LeftCtrl+0…9# Go to bookmark 0…9
|
||
#Shift+Enter# Insert the name of the current file on the active panel at the cursor position.
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+Enter# Insert the name of the current file on the passive panel at the cursor position.
|
||
#Ctrl+F# Insert the full name of the file being edited at the cursor position.
|
||
#Ctrl+B# Show/Hide functional key bar at the bottom line.
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+B# Show/Hide status line
|
||
|
||
See also the list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroEditList@, available in the editor.
|
||
|
||
Poznámky:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>#Alt+U#/#Alt+I# indent the current line if no block is selected.
|
||
2. ^<wrap>Holding down #Alt# and typing a character code on the numeric
|
||
keypad inserts the character that has the specified code (0-65535).
|
||
3. ^<wrap>If no block is selected, #Ctrl+Ins#/#Ctrl+C# marks the current
|
||
line as a block and copies it to the clipboard.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@EditorSearch
|
||
$ #Editor: search/replace#
|
||
The following options are available for search and replace in the ~editor~@Editor@:
|
||
|
||
#Case sensitive#
|
||
The case of the characters entered will be taken into account while searching (so, for example,
|
||
#Text# will not be found when searching for #text#).
|
||
|
||
#Whole words#
|
||
The given text will be found only if it occurs in the text as a whole word.
|
||
|
||
#Reverse search#
|
||
Change the direction of search (from the end of file towards the beginning)
|
||
|
||
#Regular expressions#
|
||
Treat input as Perl regular expression (~search~@RegExp@ and ~replace~@RegExpRepl@).
|
||
Each line is processed individually, so multi-line expressions and line break characters will not be found.
|
||
|
||
~Preserve style~@PreserveStyle@
|
||
Preserve style (case and delimiters in program source code) of the replaced text.
|
||
|
||
The #All# button will show All matching entries ~menu~@FindAllMenu@.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@PreserveStyle
|
||
$ #Editor: Replace mode - Preserve style#
|
||
The #“Preserve style”# ~replace~@EditorSearch@ mode in the
|
||
~Editor~@Editor@ preserves the style (case, delimiters) of the replaced
|
||
text. This mode may be useful when editing program source code. Some
|
||
examples are below. Note how the style of the replaced strings
|
||
is preserved in each case.
|
||
|
||
@-
|
||
┌────────────────┬────────────────────┬──────────────────────┐
|
||
│ Find / Replace │ Before │ After │
|
||
├────────────────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
|
||
│ tu / to │ #Tu# be or not #tu# be │ #To# be or not #to# be │
|
||
├────────────────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
|
||
│ UserName │ writerUserName │ writerPersonLogin │
|
||
│ / │ user.NAME │ person.LOGIN │
|
||
│ PersonLogin │ DEFAULT_USER_NAME │ DEFAULT_PERSON_LOGIN │
|
||
│ │ default-User-name │ default-Person-login │
|
||
└────────────────┴────────────────────┴──────────────────────┘
|
||
@+
|
||
|
||
#More formally.#
|
||
|
||
The main operation used in the algorithm is parsing a string into
|
||
tokens. The tokens are divided at a single separator character
|
||
or between a lowercase and an uppercase letter. Token separator
|
||
characters are #underscore “_”#, #hyphen “-”#, and #dot “.”#. All tokens
|
||
must be divided with the same separator. If the parse is ambiguous, the
|
||
entire string is treated as a single token. For example:
|
||
|
||
@-
|
||
┌──────────────────────┬──────────────────────┬──────────────┐
|
||
│ Search Pattern │ Tokens │ Comments │
|
||
├──────────────────────┼──────────────────────┼──────────────┤
|
||
│ testMe │ test Me │ │
|
||
│ WhatIsIt │ What Is It │ │
|
||
│ far-manager │ far manager │ │
|
||
│ Contact.Address.Type │ Contact Address Type │ │
|
||
│ USER_FIRST_NAME │ USER FIRST NAME │ │
|
||
├──────────────────────┼──────────────────────┼──────────────┤
|
||
│ test_userName │ test_userName │ Ambiguous │
|
||
│ one.two-three │ one.two-three │ separators │
|
||
│ aBc.dEf.gHi │ aBc.dEf.gHi │ │
|
||
├──────────────────────┼──────────────────────┼──────────────┤
|
||
│ A..B │ A..B │ Adjacent │
|
||
│ │ │ separators │
|
||
└──────────────────────┴──────────────────────┴──────────────┘
|
||
@+
|
||
|
||
The parse also defines the common separator type and the style of
|
||
each token. There are three token styles: #Title#case, #lower#case, and
|
||
#UPPER#case. If a token has a mix of uppercase and lowercase letters
|
||
or non-letter characters, its style is undefined. A token consisting
|
||
of a single uppercase character is deemed to be both #Title#case and
|
||
#UPPER#case.
|
||
|
||
#The following algorithm is used to replace preserving style.#
|
||
|
||
The search pattern and the replace string are parsed into tokens
|
||
according to the rules above. The text is searched for a string that can
|
||
be parsed into the same tokens as the search pattern. The tokens are
|
||
compared according to the #“Case sensitive”# and #“Whole words”# search
|
||
modes.
|
||
|
||
If the found string and the replace string have the same number
|
||
of tokens and the found tokens have common style (#Title#case
|
||
is preferred over the #UPPER#case), the replace tokens are transformed
|
||
to this common style. If the common style cannot be defined, the replace
|
||
tokens are transformed to the style of the corresponding found tokens.
|
||
After the transformation, the replace tokens are joined with the
|
||
separator of the parse of the found string. The result is used as the
|
||
replace string. Some examples:
|
||
|
||
@-
|
||
┌────────────────┬────────────────────┬──────────────────────┐
|
||
│ Find / Replace │ Before │ After │
|
||
├────────────────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
|
||
│ abc-def-ghi │ AbcDefGhi │ PqRstXyz │
|
||
│ / │ ABC_DEF_GHI │ PQ_RST_XYZ │
|
||
│ pq.RST.Xyz │ abc.def.ghi │ pq.rst.xyz │
|
||
│ │ abcDefGhi │ pqRstXyz │
|
||
│ │ ABC_Def_Ghi │ PQ_Rst_Xyz │
|
||
├────────────────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
|
||
│ AA-B-C │ Aa_B_C │ Xxx_Yy_Zz │
|
||
│ / │ aa-b-c │ xxx-yy-zz │
|
||
│ xxx.Yy.ZZ │ AA_B_C │ XXX_YY_ZZ │
|
||
│ │ aa.B.C │ xxx.Yy.Zz │
|
||
│ │ Aa.B.c │ Xxx.Yy.zz │
|
||
└────────────────┴────────────────────┴──────────────────────┘
|
||
@+
|
||
|
||
If the found string and the replace pattern have different number
|
||
of tokens, the first token is processed separately from the rest of the
|
||
tokens. The first replace token inherits the style of the first found
|
||
token. The rest of the replace tokens are transformed to the common
|
||
style of the rest of the found tokens. If the common style cannot
|
||
be defined, the rest of the replace tokens are not changed. As in the
|
||
previous case, the replace tokens are joined with the separator of the
|
||
parse of the found string and the result is used as the replace string.
|
||
Examples:
|
||
|
||
@-
|
||
┌────────────────┬────────────────────┬──────────────────────┐
|
||
│ Find / Replace │ Before │ After │
|
||
├────────────────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
|
||
│ abc-def-ghi │ Abc.def.ghi │ Pq.rst.uvw.xyz │
|
||
│ / │ ABC.Def.Ghi │ PQ.Rst.Uvw.Xyz │
|
||
│ pq.RST.uvw.Xyz │ abc.Def.ghi │ pq.RST.uvw.Xyz │
|
||
│ │ ABC.DEF.ghi │ PQ.RST.uvw.Xyz │
|
||
├────────────────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
|
||
│ A-B-C │ A_B_C │ Aa_Bb_Cc_Dd │
|
||
│ / │ a-b-c │ aa-bb-cc-dd │
|
||
│ aa.Bb.cc.DD │ A.B.c │ Aa.Bb.cc.DD │
|
||
└────────────────┴────────────────────┴──────────────────────┘
|
||
@+
|
||
|
||
In the special case when the found string consists of a single token
|
||
but the replace string has several tokens, the first replace token
|
||
inherits the style of the found token. The common style for the rest
|
||
of the replace tokens and the separator type are deduced from the
|
||
context of the found string. If this is not possible, the common style
|
||
is the style of the (single) found token and the separator is empty.
|
||
Again, the transformed replace tokens are joined and used as the replace
|
||
string. More examples:
|
||
|
||
@-
|
||
┌────────────────┬────────────────────┬──────────────────────┐
|
||
│ Find / Replace │ Before │ After │
|
||
├────────────────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
|
||
│ ijk │ ijk.Zzz │ mno.Pqr.Stu.Zzz │
|
||
│ / │ AAA-ijk │ AAA-mno-pqr-stu │
|
||
│ MnoPqrStu │ aaa-ijk_ZZZ │ aaa-mno_PQR_STU_ZZZ │
|
||
│ │ AaaIjk │ AaaMnoPqrStu │
|
||
│ │ 0_ijk_9 │ 0_mno_Pqr_Stu_9 │
|
||
│ │ >ijk< │ >mnopqrstu< │
|
||
└────────────────┴────────────────────┴──────────────────────┘
|
||
@+
|
||
|
||
If the search pattern is not found according to the rules above but
|
||
found as an ordinary string, and both the found string and the replace
|
||
string start with letters, the case of the first letter of the replace
|
||
string is changed to that of the found string. For example:
|
||
|
||
@-
|
||
┌────────────────┬────────────────────┬──────────────────────┐
|
||
│ Find / Replace │ Before │ After │
|
||
├────────────────┼────────────────────┼──────────────────────┤
|
||
│ ab.cd / wx-yz │ #A#b.cD │ #W#x-yz │
|
||
└────────────────┴────────────────────┴──────────────────────┘
|
||
@+
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FindAllMenu
|
||
$ #Editor: All matching entries menu#
|
||
The following key combinations are available in this menu:
|
||
|
||
#F5#
|
||
Toggle menu size.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Up#, #Ctrl+Down#
|
||
Scroll the text in the editor.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Enter#, #Ctrl+Left#, #mouse click#
|
||
Go to the position of the found text.
|
||
|
||
#Gray +#
|
||
Add session bookmark with the current position.
|
||
|
||
#RightCtrl+0…9#, #Ctrl+Shift+0…9#
|
||
Set bookmark 0…9 at the current position.
|
||
|
||
#LeftCtrl+0…9#
|
||
Go to the bookmark 0…9.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FileOpenCreate
|
||
$ #Editor: Open/Create file#
|
||
The #Shift+F4# key combination opens an existing file or creates
|
||
a new file.
|
||
|
||
If the specified file does not exist, a new file will be created.
|
||
The code page for the new file is specified in the #Code page# list.
|
||
If #default# is selected in the list, the code page specified in the
|
||
~Editor settings~@EditorSettings@ dialog is used.
|
||
|
||
The code page for an existing file is defined according to the
|
||
#Code page# list selection.
|
||
|
||
#Default#
|
||
If the file has already been opened and its
|
||
code page was saved (depends on the #Save file position# option of the
|
||
~Editor settings~@EditorSettings@ dialog), the saved code page is used.
|
||
Otherwise, if the file has the Byte Order Mark, the corresponding
|
||
Unicode code page -- UTF-8, UTF-16 (Little endian), or UTF-16 (Big
|
||
endian) -- is used. Otherwise, the code page is ~autodetected~@CodePageAuto@.
|
||
|
||
#Automatic detection#
|
||
An attempt is made to ~autodetect~@CodePageAuto@ code page based on the file contents.
|
||
|
||
#Specific code page#
|
||
The selected code page is used.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FileSaveAs
|
||
$ #Editor: save file as…#
|
||
To save edited file with another name press #Shift+F2# and specify
|
||
new name, code page and End of Line characters format.
|
||
|
||
If file has been edited in one of the following code pages: UTF-8,
|
||
UTF-16 (Little endian) or UTF-16 (Big endian), then if the option #Add signature (BOM)# is on,
|
||
the appropriate marker is inserted into the beginning of the file, which
|
||
helps applications to identify the code page of this file.
|
||
|
||
You can also specify the format of the line break characters:
|
||
|
||
#Do not change#
|
||
Do not change the line break characters.
|
||
|
||
#Dos/Windows format (CR LF)#
|
||
Line breaks will be represented as a two-character sequence -
|
||
Carriage Return and Line Feed (CR LF), as used in Dos/Windows.
|
||
|
||
#Unix format (LF)#
|
||
Line breaks will be represented as a single character - Line
|
||
Feed (LF), as used in Unix.
|
||
|
||
#Mac format (CR)#
|
||
Line breaks will be represented as a single character - Carriage
|
||
Return (CR), as used in Mac OS.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@EditorGotoPos
|
||
$ #Editor: go to specified line and character#
|
||
This dialog allows to change the position in the internal editor.
|
||
|
||
You can enter an absolute or relative value or percentage, in decimal or hexadecimal.
|
||
For relative add #+# or #-# before the value.
|
||
For percentage add #%# after the value.
|
||
For decimal either add #m# after the value or uncheck the #Hex value#.
|
||
For hexadecimal either add #0x# or #$# before the value, #h# after the value, or check the #Hex value#.
|
||
|
||
The first value will be interpreted as a row number, the second as a character number.
|
||
Values must be delimited by space or one of the following characters: #,.;:#.
|
||
If a value is omitted the corresponding parameter will not be changed.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@EditorReload
|
||
$ #Editor: reloading a file#
|
||
Far Manager tracks all attempts to repeatedly open for editing a file that
|
||
is already being edited. The rules for reloading files are as follows:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>If the file was not changed and the option "Reload edited file" in the
|
||
~confirmations~@ConfirmDlg@ dialog is not enabled, Far switches to the open
|
||
editor instance without further prompts.
|
||
|
||
2. ^<wrap>If the file was changed or the option "Reload edited file" is enabled,
|
||
there are three possible options:
|
||
|
||
#Current#
|
||
Continue editing the same file
|
||
|
||
#New instance#
|
||
The file will be opened for editing in a new
|
||
editor instance. In this case, be attentive: the
|
||
contents of the file on the disk will correspond
|
||
to the contents of the editor instance where the
|
||
file was last saved.
|
||
|
||
#Reload#
|
||
The current changes are not saved and the
|
||
contents of the file on the disk is reloaded into the editor.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@WarnEditorPath
|
||
$ #Warning: Path to the file to edit does not exist#
|
||
When opening a new file for ~editing~@Editor@, you have entered the name of
|
||
a folder that does not exist. Before saving the file, Far will create the
|
||
folder, provided that the path is correct (for example, a path starting with a
|
||
non-existing drive letter would not be correct) and that you have enough rights
|
||
to create the folder.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@WarnEditorPluginName
|
||
$ #Warning: The name of the file to edit cannot be empty#
|
||
To create a new file on a plugin's panel you must specify a
|
||
file name.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@WarnEditorSavedEx
|
||
$ #Warning: The file was changed by an external program#
|
||
The write date and time of the file on the disk are not the same as
|
||
those saved by Far when the file was last accessed. This means that another
|
||
program, another user (or even yourself in a different editor instance) changed
|
||
the contents of the file on the disk.
|
||
|
||
If you press "Save", the file will be overwritten and all changes made by
|
||
the external program will be lost.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@CodePagesMenu
|
||
$ #Code pages menu#
|
||
This menu allows to select code page in the editor and viewer.
|
||
|
||
The menu is divided into several sections:
|
||
|
||
#Automatic detection#
|
||
Far will try to ~autodetect~@CodePageAuto@ the code page of the text.
|
||
|
||
#System#
|
||
Main single-byte system code pages - ANSI and OEM.
|
||
|
||
#Unicode#
|
||
Unicode code pages.
|
||
|
||
#Favorites#
|
||
Code pages selected by the user.
|
||
|
||
#Other#
|
||
The rest of code pages installed in the system.
|
||
|
||
The following key combinations are available in this menu:
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+H#
|
||
Shows or hides the #Other# menu section.
|
||
|
||
#Ins#
|
||
Moves the code page from the #Other# section to the #Favorites# section.
|
||
|
||
#Del#
|
||
Moves the code page from the #Favorites# section back to the #Other# section.
|
||
|
||
#F4#
|
||
Opens the ~Rename the code page~@EditCodePageNameDlg@ dialog. Only #Favorites# and
|
||
#Other# code pages can be renamed. The renamed code pages are indicated
|
||
with the #*# character.
|
||
|
||
See also common ~menu keyboard commands~@MenuCmd@.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@EditCodePageNameDlg
|
||
$ #Rename code page#
|
||
This dialog allows to rename the #Favorites# and #Other# code pages.
|
||
Far will display new code page names in the ~Code pages~@CodePagesMenu@ menu.
|
||
|
||
The #Reset# button sets the code page name to the default system
|
||
name. Another way to reset the name is to leave it empty and press #OK#.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@DriveDlg
|
||
$ #Zmena jednotky#
|
||
Toto menu umožňuje zmeniť aktuálnu jednotku v paneli, odpojiť sieťovú jednotku alebo otvoriť nový panel ~prídavného modulu~@Plugins@.
|
||
|
||
Zvolením položky so zodpovedajúcim písmenom jednotky zmení aktuálnu jednotku,
|
||
zvolenie položky s názvom modulu vytvorí nový panel tohoto modulu.
|
||
Ak typ panelu nebol ~súborový panel~@FilePanel@, zmení sa naň.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+A#, #F4# hotkeys invoke the ~file attributes~@FileAttrDlg@ for drives.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+A#, #F4# hotkeys can be used to assign a hotkey to plugin item.
|
||
|
||
#F3# key shows plugin technical information.
|
||
|
||
Klávesom #Del# možno:
|
||
- ^<wrap>~odpojiť~@DisconnectDrive@ sieťové jednotky;
|
||
- to delete a substituted disk;
|
||
- to detach a virtual disk;
|
||
- to eject disks from CD-ROM and removable drives.
|
||
|
||
Ejecting a disk from a ZIP-drive requires administrative privileges.
|
||
|
||
A CD-ROM can be closed by pressing #Ins#.
|
||
|
||
The #Shift+Del# hotkey is used to prepare a USB storage device for safe
|
||
removal. If the disk, for which the removal function is used, is a flash-card
|
||
inserted into a card-reader that supports several flash-cards then the
|
||
card-reader itself will be stopped.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+1# - #Ctrl+9# prepínajú zobrazenie rôznych informácií:
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+1# - ^<wrap>typ disku;
|
||
#Ctrl+2# - ^<wrap>sieťový názov / a cestu, priradenú pomocou SUBST
|
||
/ path to virtual disk container;
|
||
#Ctrl+3# - ^<wrap>názov disku;
|
||
#Ctrl+4# - ^<wrap>súborový systém;
|
||
#Ctrl+5# - ^<wrap>veľkosť celková a voľného miesta (this option has two
|
||
display modes, press twice to see);
|
||
#Ctrl+6# - ^<wrap>zobrazovanie parametrov vynímateľných diskov;
|
||
#Ctrl+7# - ^<wrap>zobrazovanie položiek modulov;
|
||
#Ctrl+8# - ^<wrap>zobrazovanie parametrov CD;
|
||
#Ctrl+9# - ^<wrap>network parameters.
|
||
|
||
#Zmena jednotky# nastavenia sa ukladajú do konfigurácie Faru.
|
||
|
||
#F9# shows the ~dialog~@ChangeDriveMode@ to control displaying
|
||
of this information.
|
||
|
||
If the option "~Use Ctrl+PgUp to change drive~@InterfSettings@" is enabled,
|
||
pressing #Ctrl+PgUp# works the same as pressing #Esc# - cancels drive selection
|
||
and closes the menu.
|
||
|
||
Pressing #Shift+Enter# invokes the Windows Explorer showing the root
|
||
directory of the selected drives (works only for disk drives and not for
|
||
plugins).
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+H# shows unmapped volumes.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+R# allows to refresh the disk selection menu.
|
||
|
||
If "#CD drive type#" mode is enabled (#Ctrl+8#), Far will attempt to
|
||
determine the type of each of the CD drives available in the system. Known
|
||
types are as follows: CD-ROM, CD-RW, CD-RW/DVD, DVD-ROM, DVD-RW and DVD-RAM.
|
||
This function is available only for users either with administrative privileges
|
||
or all local users, when it's stated explicitly in the Local Policy Editor
|
||
(to do this, run #secpol.msc# from the command prompt, and set the '#Local#
|
||
#Policies/Security Options/Devices: Restrict CD-ROM access to locally logged-on#
|
||
#user only#' setting to '#Enabled#').
|
||
|
||
#Alt+Shift+F9# allows you to ~configure plugins~@PluginsConfig@ (it works only if
|
||
display of plugin items is enabled).
|
||
|
||
#Shift+F9# in the plugins list opens the configuration dialog of the
|
||
currently selected plugin.
|
||
|
||
#Shift+F1# in the plugins list displays the context-sensitive help of the
|
||
currently selected plugin, if the plugin has a help file.
|
||
|
||
The #A# character in the leftmost menu column means that the corresponding plugin is
|
||
written for Far 1.7x and it does not support all possibilities available in
|
||
Far 3 (these are, in particular, Unicode characters in filenames and in editor).
|
||
|
||
See also:
|
||
|
||
The list of ~macro keys~@KeyMacroDisksList@, available in the disk menu.
|
||
Common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ChangeDriveMode
|
||
$ #Change Drive Menu Options#
|
||
The dialog allows to control the information shown in the
|
||
~Change drive~@DriveDlg@ menu.
|
||
|
||
#Show disk type#
|
||
Show disk type: “fixed”, “network”, etc.
|
||
Key combination in #Change drive# menu: #Ctrl+1#.
|
||
|
||
#Show disk label#
|
||
Show disk label (if available).
|
||
Key combination in #Change drive# menu: #Ctrl+3#.
|
||
|
||
#Use shell name#
|
||
Request the disk name from Windows Shell.
|
||
Key combination in #Change drive# menu: #Ctrl+3# (press twice).
|
||
|
||
#Show file system type#
|
||
Show file system type: “NTFS”, “FAT”, etc.
|
||
Key combination in #Change drive# menu: #Ctrl+4#.
|
||
|
||
#Show size#
|
||
Show disk size and free space.
|
||
Key combination in #Change drive# menu: #Ctrl+5#.
|
||
|
||
#Show size as a decimal fraction#
|
||
Show disk size and free space as a decimal fraction with no more
|
||
than three digits before decimal point. If this option is on, 1 GiB (2
|
||
to the power of 30) will be shown as #1.00 G#, otherwise as #1024 M#.
|
||
Key combination in #Change drive# menu: #Ctrl+5# (press twice).
|
||
|
||
#Show network name / SUBST path / VHD name#
|
||
Show network name / path associated with a SUBST disk / path
|
||
to virtual disk container.
|
||
Key combination in #Change drive# menu: #Ctrl+2#.
|
||
|
||
#Show plugins#
|
||
Show plugins.
|
||
Key combination in #Change drive# menu: #Ctrl+7#.
|
||
|
||
#Sort plugins by hotkey#
|
||
If this option is turned #off#, plugin list is sorted by name;
|
||
otherwise by hotkey.
|
||
|
||
#Show removable drive parameters#
|
||
Show removable drive parameters.
|
||
Key combination in #Change drive# menu: #Ctrl+6#.
|
||
|
||
#Show CD drive parameters#
|
||
If this option is turned on, Far will attempt to detect CD drive
|
||
type: CD-ROM, CD-RW, CD-RW/DVD, DVD-ROM, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM, HD DVD-ROM,
|
||
HD DVD-RW, Blue-ray Disk-ROM, Blue-ray Disk-RW.
|
||
Key combination in #Change drive# menu: #Ctrl+8#.
|
||
|
||
#Show network drive parameters#
|
||
Show network drive size and free space. Display format depends
|
||
on the #Show size# option.
|
||
Key combination in #Change drive# menu: #Ctrl+9#.
|
||
|
||
#Detect virtual disks#
|
||
Detect virtual disks (VHD, VHDX). This could wake up sleeping hard drives.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@DisconnectDrive
|
||
$ #Disconnect network drive#
|
||
You can disconnect a network drive by pressing #Del# in the
|
||
~Change Drive menu~@DriveDlg@.
|
||
|
||
The option #[x] Reconnect at logon# is enabled only for permanently
|
||
connected network drives.
|
||
|
||
The confirmation can be disabled in the ~confirmations~@ConfirmDlg@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Highlight
|
||
$ #Files highlighting and sort groups#
|
||
For more convenient and obvious display of files and directories in the
|
||
panels, Far Manager has the possibility of color highlighting for file objects.
|
||
You can group file objects by different criteria (~file masks~@FileMasks@, file
|
||
attributes) and assign colors to those groups.
|
||
|
||
File highlighting can be enabled or disabled in the ~panel settings~@PanelSettings@
|
||
dialog (menu item Options | Panel settings).
|
||
|
||
You can ~edit~@HighlightEdit@ the parameters of any highlight group through
|
||
the "~Options~@OptMenu@" menu (item "Files highlighting and sort groups").
|
||
|
||
|
||
@HighlightList
|
||
$ #Files highlighting and sort groups: control keys#
|
||
The ~file highlighting and sort groups~@Highlight@ menu allows you to
|
||
perform various operations with the list of the groups. The following key
|
||
combinations are available:
|
||
|
||
#Ins# - ^<wrap>Add a new highlighting group
|
||
|
||
#F5# - ^<wrap>Duplicate the current group
|
||
|
||
#Del# - ^<wrap>Delete the current group
|
||
|
||
#Enter# or #F4# - ^<wrap>~Edit~@HighlightEdit@ the current highlighting group
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+R# - ^<wrap>Restore the default file highlighting groups
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Up# - ^<wrap>Move a group up.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Down# - ^<wrap>Move a group down.
|
||
|
||
Zvýrazňované skupiny sú analyzované od začiatku. Ak súbor vyhovuje
|
||
nejakej skupine, nebude už testovaný, či nepatrí do nejakej zo zvyšných,
|
||
unless #[x] Continue processing# is set in the group.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@HighlightEdit
|
||
$ #Zvýrazňovanie súborov#
|
||
#Zvýrazňovanie súborov# z menu ~Nastavenia~@OptMenu@ dovoľuje
|
||
definovanie skupín súborov pre zvýrazňovanie. Definícia každej skupiny ~zahŕňa~@Filter@:
|
||
|
||
- jednu alebo viac ~masiek~@FileMasks@;
|
||
|
||
- atribúty "vrátane" alebo "okrem";
|
||
#[x]# - ^<wrap>inclusion attribute - file musí mať this attribute.
|
||
#[ ]# - ^<wrap>exclusion attribute - file nesmie mať this attribute.
|
||
#[?]# - ^<wrap>ignore this attribute;
|
||
|
||
- ^<wrap>farbu použitú na zobrazenie mena súboru normálneho, označeného,
|
||
pod kurzorom a označeného pod kurzorom. Ak chcete použiť štandardné
|
||
farby, nastavte "čiernu na čiernej";
|
||
|
||
- ^<wrap>označenie pre súbory zo skupiny.
|
||
Môžu byť použité tak s farebným zvýraznením ako i namiesto neho.
|
||
|
||
Súbor patrí do zvýrazňovanej skupiny ak:
|
||
- ^<wrap>jeho meno zodpovedá aspoň jednej
|
||
zo súborových masiek (if file mask analysis is disabled,
|
||
the file name doesn't matter);
|
||
- má všetky atribúty "vrátane";
|
||
- nemá žiadne atribúty "okrem".
|
||
|
||
The Compressed, Encrypted, Not indexed, Sparse, Temporary and Reparse point
|
||
attributes are valid for NTFS drives only. The #Integrity stream# and
|
||
#No scrub data# attributes are supported only on ReFS volumes starting from
|
||
Windows Server 2012.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ViewerSettings
|
||
$ #Nastavenie prezerača#
|
||
Toto okno dovoľuje zmeniť základné nastavenie interneho a externého ~prezerača~@Viewer@.
|
||
|
||
@=
|
||
^#Prezerač#
|
||
@=
|
||
#Použiť F3 namiesto Alt+F3#
|
||
Spusti externý prezerač cez #F3# a interný prezerač cez #Alt+F3#.
|
||
|
||
#Príkaz pre zobrazenie#
|
||
Príkaz, ktorý spustí externý viewer.
|
||
Na špecifikáciu mena súboru, ktorý sa má prezrieť použite ~špeciálne symboly~@MetaSymbols@.
|
||
|
||
@=
|
||
^#Interný prezerač#
|
||
@=
|
||
#Persistent selection#
|
||
Do not remove block selection after moving the cursor.
|
||
|
||
#Search dialog auto-focus#
|
||
Always returns focus to the search text field in the Viewer ~Search~@ViewerSearch@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
#Veľkosť tabulátora#
|
||
Počet medzier reprezentujúcich znak tabulátora.
|
||
|
||
#Show scrolling arrows#
|
||
Show scrolling arrows at the edges of the viewer window if the text does not fit horizontally.
|
||
|
||
#Visible '\0'#
|
||
Show a printable character instead of space for the character '\0'.
|
||
The character to display can be set in ~far:config~@FarConfig@ #Viewer.ZeroChar#.
|
||
|
||
#Show a scrollbar#
|
||
Show a scrollbar in the internal viewer. This option can also be toggled by pressing #Ctrl+S# in the internal viewer.
|
||
|
||
@=
|
||
#Uložiť pozíciu v súbore#
|
||
Uloží pozíciu a vráti sa na ňu v naposledy prezeraných súboroch. This option also saves and restores
|
||
the code page (if it was selected manually) and ~view mode~@ViewerMode@.
|
||
|
||
#Save file code page#
|
||
Save and restore the code page selected for a file. This is automatically enabled if #Save file position#
|
||
is enabled, as file position depends on the encoding.
|
||
|
||
#Save bookmarks#
|
||
Save and restore bookmarks in the recently viewed files (bookmarks can be created with #RightCtrl+0…9#
|
||
or #Ctrl+Shift+0…9# key combinations.)
|
||
|
||
#Maximum line width#
|
||
Maximum number of columns for text mode viewer. Min=100, Max=100,000, Default=10,000.
|
||
|
||
#Save view mode#
|
||
Save and restore ~view modes~@ViewerMode@ of recently viewed files.
|
||
|
||
#Save wrap mode#
|
||
Save and restore #wrap# and #word wrap# ~modes~@ViewerMode@ of recently viewed files.
|
||
|
||
#Detect dump view mode#
|
||
If this option is on and Far considers the file binary, the #dump# ~mode~@ViewerMode@ is selected automatically
|
||
at the first view. Otherwise, the #text# mode is selected.
|
||
|
||
#Autodetect code page#
|
||
~Autodetect~@CodePageAuto@ the code page of the file being viewed.
|
||
|
||
#Default code page#
|
||
Allows to select the default code page.
|
||
|
||
@=
|
||
Ak je externý prezerač priradený klávesu #F3#, bude spustený len
|
||
ak danému ~typu súboru~@FileAssoc@ nie je priradný vlastný prezerač.
|
||
|
||
Changing of settings does not affect currently opened internal viewer windows.
|
||
|
||
The settings dialog can also be invoked from the ~internal viewer~@Viewer@
|
||
by pressing #Alt+Shift+F9#. The changes will come into effect immediately but
|
||
will affect only the current session.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@EditorSettings
|
||
$ #Nastavenie editora#
|
||
Toto okno dovoľuje zmeniť základné nastavenie externého a ~interného editora~@Editor@.
|
||
|
||
@=
|
||
^#Externý editor#
|
||
@=
|
||
#Použiť F4#
|
||
Spustí externý editor po stlačení #F4# namiesto #Alt+F4#.
|
||
|
||
#Príkaz pre editovanie#
|
||
Príkaz, ktorý spustí externý editor.
|
||
Na špecifikáciu mena súboru, ktorý sa má editovať použite ~špeciálne symboly~@MetaSymbols@.
|
||
|
||
@=
|
||
^#Interný editor#
|
||
@=
|
||
#Do not expand tabs#
|
||
Do not convert tabs to spaces while editing the document.
|
||
|
||
#Expand newly entered tabs to spaces#
|
||
While editing the document, convert each newly entered #Tab# into the appropriate number of spaces.
|
||
Other tabs won't be converted.
|
||
|
||
#Expand all tabs to spaces#
|
||
Upon opening the document, all tabs in the document will be automatically converted to spaces.
|
||
|
||
#Trvalé bloky#
|
||
Neodstráni označenie bloku pri pohybe kurzora.
|
||
|
||
#Del odstraňuje bloky#
|
||
Ak je označený blok, kláves Del neodstráni iba znak pod kurzorom, ale celý tento blok.
|
||
|
||
#Automatické odsadenie#
|
||
Zapne mód automatického odsadzovania pri zadávaní textu.
|
||
|
||
#Veľkosť tabulátora#
|
||
Počet medzier reprezentujúcich znak tabulátora.
|
||
|
||
#Show white space#
|
||
Make while space characters (spaces, tabulations, line breaks) visible.
|
||
|
||
#Kurzor za koncom riadku#
|
||
Dovolí presunúť kurzor aj za koniec riadku.
|
||
|
||
#Select found#
|
||
Found text is selected.
|
||
|
||
#Cursor at the end#
|
||
Place the cursor at the end of the found block.
|
||
|
||
#Show a scrollbar#
|
||
Show a scrollbar.
|
||
|
||
@=
|
||
#Uložiť pozíciu v súbore#
|
||
Uloží pozíciu a vráti sa na ňu v naposledy editovaných súboroch. Ak bola predtým užívateľom
|
||
manuálne nastavená tabuľka znakov, táto sa tiež sa tiež uloží a znovu nastaví.
|
||
|
||
#Save bookmarks#
|
||
Save and restore bookmarks (current positions) in recently edited files
|
||
(created with #RightCtrl+0…9# or #Ctrl+Shift+0…9#)
|
||
|
||
#Allow editing files opened for writing#
|
||
Allows to edit files that are opened by other programs for writing. This mode is handy to edit
|
||
a file opened for a long time, but it could be dangerous, if a file is being modified at the same time as editing.
|
||
|
||
#Lock editing of read-only files#
|
||
When a file with the Read-only attribute is opened for editing, the editor also
|
||
disables the modification of the edited text, just as if #Ctrl+L# was pressed.
|
||
|
||
#Warn when opening read-only files#
|
||
When a file with the Read-only attribute is opened for editing, a warning message will be shown.
|
||
|
||
#Autodetect code page#
|
||
~Autodetect~@CodePageAuto@ the code page of the file being edited.
|
||
|
||
#Default code page#
|
||
Select the default code page.
|
||
|
||
Ak je externý editor priradený klávesu #F4#, bude spustený len
|
||
ak danému ~typu súboru~@FileAssoc@ nie je priradný vlastný editor.
|
||
|
||
Modifications of settings in this dialog do not affect previously opened internal editor windows.
|
||
|
||
The settings dialog can also be invoked from the ~internal editor~@Editor@
|
||
by pressing #Alt+Shift+F9#. The changes will come into force immediately but
|
||
will affect only the current session.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@CodePageAuto
|
||
$ #Autodetect code pages#
|
||
Far will try to choose the correct code page for viewing/editing a file.
|
||
Note that correct detection is not guaranteed, especially for small or
|
||
non-typical text files.
|
||
|
||
See also the ~Code pages~@CodePagesMenu@ menu and
|
||
~far:config Codepages.NoAutoDetectCP~@Codepages.NoAutoDetectCP@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FileAttrDlg
|
||
$ #Atribúty súborov#
|
||
S týmto príkazom je možné zmeniť atribúty súborov a ich čas.
|
||
Možno pracovať s jedným ako i skupinou súborov.
|
||
|
||
#File attributes#
|
||
|
||
Checkboxes used in the dialog can have the following 3 states:
|
||
|
||
#[x]# - attribute is set for all selected items
|
||
(set the attribute for all items)
|
||
|
||
#[ ]# - attribute is not set for all selected items
|
||
(clear the attribute for all items)
|
||
|
||
#[?]# - attribute state is not the same for selected items
|
||
(don't change the attribute)
|
||
|
||
When all selected files have the same attribute value, the corresponding
|
||
checkbox will be in 2-state mode - set/clear only. When there are selected
|
||
folders, all checkboxes will always be 3-state.
|
||
|
||
Only those attributes will be changed for which the state of the
|
||
corresponding checkboxes was changed from the initial state.
|
||
|
||
Atribúty #Komprimovaný#, #Encrypted#, #Not indexed#, #Sparse#, #Temporary#,
|
||
#Offline#, #Reparse point# možno zmeniť len na jednotkách NTFS.
|
||
The #Compressed# and #Encrypted# attributes are mutually exclusive, that is, you can set only
|
||
one of them. You cannot clear the #Sparse# attribute in Windows 2000/XP/2003. The
|
||
#Integrity stream# and #No scrub data# attributes are supported only on ReFS volumes starting from
|
||
Windows Server 2012.
|
||
|
||
For ~symbolic links~@HardSymLink@ the dialog will display the path where it refers to.
|
||
If this information is not available, then the "#(data not available)#" message will be shown.
|
||
|
||
#File date and time#
|
||
|
||
Podporované sú štyri rôzne časy súboru:
|
||
- čas poslednej zmeny;
|
||
- čas vytvorenia;
|
||
- čas posledného prístupu;
|
||
- change time.
|
||
|
||
Na jednotkách FAT sa hodiny, minúty a sekundy posledného prístupu
|
||
vždy rovnajú nule.
|
||
|
||
Ak nechcete zmeniť čas súboru, ponechajte príslušné pole prázdne.
|
||
You can push the #Blank# button to clear all the date and time fields
|
||
and then change an individual component of the date or time, for example, only
|
||
month or only minutes. All the other date and time components will remain
|
||
unchanged.
|
||
|
||
Tlačítko #Súčasný# vyplní polia času súboru súčasným časom.
|
||
The #Original# button fills the file time fields with their original
|
||
values. Available only when the dialog is invoked for a single file object.
|
||
|
||
The #System properties# button invoke the system properties dialog for
|
||
selected objects.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FolderShortcuts
|
||
$ #Skratky k adresárom#
|
||
Skratky k adresárom boli vytvorené na to, aby umožnili rýchly prístup
|
||
k často používaným adresárom. Stlačením #Ctrl+Shift+0…9#,
|
||
vytvoríte skratku k aktuálnemu adresáru. Potom na opätovné nastavenie adresára
|
||
uloženého v skratke stačí stlačiť #PravýCtrl+0…9#. Ak sa #PravýCtrl+0…9# stlačí
|
||
pri zadávaní textu, vloží sa cesta príslušnej skratky do tohto textu.
|
||
|
||
Príkazom #Skratky k adresárom# nachádzajúcim sa v menu ~Príkazy (Commands)~@CmdMenu@ otvoríte
|
||
okno, v ktorom môžete prezerať, nastavovať, editovať a vymazávať tieto skratky.
|
||
|
||
When you are editing a shortcut (#F4#), you cannot create a shortcut to a
|
||
plugin panel.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FiltersMenu
|
||
$ #Filters menu#
|
||
Using the #Filters menu# you can define a set of file types with user
|
||
defined rules according to which files will be processed in the area of
|
||
operation this menu was called from.
|
||
|
||
Menu filtra sa skladá z dvoch častí. V hornej časti sú zobrazené
|
||
#užívateľské filtre#. Dolná časť menu filtra obsahuje masky všetkých súborov aktívneho
|
||
súborového panelu (including file masks that are selected in the
|
||
current area of operation the menu was called from even if there are no files
|
||
that match those mask in the current panel).
|
||
|
||
For the #User filters# the following commands are available:
|
||
|
||
#Ins# Create a new filter, an empty ~filter~@Filter@ settings
|
||
dialog will open for you to set.
|
||
|
||
#F4# Edit an existing ~filter~@Filter@.
|
||
|
||
#F5# Duplicate an existing ~filter~@Filter@.
|
||
|
||
#Del# Remove a filter.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Up# Move a filter one position up.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Down# Move a filter one position down.
|
||
|
||
To control the #User filters# and also the auto-generated filters (file
|
||
masks) the following commands are available:
|
||
|
||
#Space#, Items selected using #Space# or ‘#+#’ are
|
||
#Plus# marked by ‘+’. If such items are present
|
||
then only files that match them will be
|
||
processed.
|
||
|
||
#Minus# Items selected using ‘#-#’ are marked by ‘-’,
|
||
and files that match then will not be
|
||
processed.
|
||
|
||
#I# and #X# Similar to #Plus# and #Minus# respectively,
|
||
but have higher priority when matching.
|
||
|
||
#Backspace# Clear selection from the current item.
|
||
|
||
#Shift+Backspace# Clear selection from all items.
|
||
|
||
Filters selection is stored in the Far configuration.
|
||
|
||
When a filter is used in a panel, it is indicated by ‘*’ after the sort
|
||
mode letter in the upper left corner of the panel.
|
||
|
||
Filters menu is used in the following areas:
|
||
- ~File panel~@FilePanel@;
|
||
- ~Copying, moving, renaming and creating links~@CopyFiles@;
|
||
- ~Find file~@FindFile@.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FolderDiz
|
||
$ #Folder descriptions#
|
||
Specify names (~wildcards~@FileMasks@ are allowed) of files displayed
|
||
in the ~Info panel~@InfoPanel@ as folder descriptions.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FileDiz
|
||
$ #Popis súborov#
|
||
Popis súborov možno použiť na priradenie textovej informácie
|
||
k súboru. Popisy súborov aktuálneho adresára sú uložené v tomto
|
||
adresári v súbore so zoznamom popisov. V tomto súbore je na začiatku
|
||
každého riadku názov súboru nasledovaný medzerami a akýmkoľvek textom.
|
||
|
||
Popisy si možno prezrieť v príslušných ~módoch~@PanelViewModes@
|
||
súborového panelu. Štandardne sú týmito módmi #Popisy#
|
||
a #Dlhé popisy#.
|
||
|
||
Popis možno k súboru/označeným súborom pridať príkazom
|
||
#Popis súborov# (#Ctrl+Z#) z menu ~súbory~@FilesMenu@.
|
||
|
||
Mená súborov z popismi môžu byť zmenené pomocou príkazu
|
||
#Popisy súborov (File descriptions)# z menu ~Nastavenia~@OptMenu@.
|
||
Tu možno nastaviť taktiež mód aktualizácie popisov. Táto môže byť
|
||
celkom vypnutá, zapnutá len ak aktuálny panel zobrazuje popisy alebo
|
||
zapnutá vždy. Štandardne Far nastavuje súborom s popismi príznak "Skrytý", ale
|
||
toto správanie môžete zmeniť pomocou nastavenia "V nových zoznamoch popisov
|
||
nastaviť atribút "Skrytý". Tu taktiež môžete určiť pozíciu na zarovnávanie
|
||
nových popisov súborov v zozname popisov.
|
||
|
||
If a description file has the "read-only" attribute set, Far does not
|
||
attempt to update descriptions, and after moving or deleting file objects, an
|
||
error message is shown. If the option "#Update read only description file#" is
|
||
enabled, Far will attempt to update the descriptions correctly.
|
||
|
||
Ak je aktualizácia zapnutá, Far aktualizuje popisy pri
|
||
kopírovaní, presúvaní a vymazávaní súborov. Ale ak sa príkaz vykonáva
|
||
aj na súboroch z podadresárov, popisy v nich sa neaktualizujú.
|
||
|
||
#Use ANSI code page by default#
|
||
By default Far uses the OEM codepage for file descriptions, both for reading and writing.
|
||
This option changes it to ANSI.
|
||
|
||
#Save in UTF-8#
|
||
If set, the description file will be read as OEM or ANSI, depending on the option above,
|
||
but saved in UTF-8 after you add, remove or update the descriptions.
|
||
|
||
#Note#: these options are irrelevant when the file has the UTF-8 signature. In this case it is always read and written in UTF-8.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@PanelViewModes
|
||
$ #Úprava módov zobrazenia súborov#
|
||
~Súborový panel~@FilePanel@ môže zobrazovať informácie
|
||
pomocou 10 preddefinovaných módov: stručne, stredne, úplne, široko, detailne,
|
||
popisy, dlhé popisy, vlastníci súborov, linky súborov, alternatívne úplne.
|
||
To zvyčajne stačí, ale kto chce, ten si môže prispôsobiť ich parametre
|
||
alebo ich dokonca nahradiť úplne iným módmi.
|
||
|
||
Príkaz #Módy zobrazenia súborov# v menu ~nastavenia~@OptMenu@ umožňuje
|
||
zmeniť tieto módy. Najprv je potrebné vybrať želaný mód zo zoznamu.
|
||
V tomto zozname "Stručný" zodpovedá stručnému/brief módu
|
||
(#ĽavýCtrl+1#), "Stredný" zodpovedá strednému/medium módu (#ĽavýCtrl+2#) a tak
|
||
ďalej. Posledné "Alternatívne úplne" zodpovedá módu vyvolanému cez
|
||
#ĽavýCtrl+0#. Po tomto výbere sa objaví dialógové okno, kde môžete zmeniť nasledovné nastavenia:
|
||
|
||
#Typy stĺpcov# - a comma-separated list. Each column type starts with
|
||
a file property character, such as name, size, etc. Some file properties
|
||
may be followed by modifiers. Supported column types (properties and
|
||
their modifiers) are listed below.
|
||
|
||
If the list of column types consists of two or more repeated groups,
|
||
the files on the panel will be listed in “stripes”. Properties of each
|
||
file will be displayed in the columns of a stripe, and the list of files
|
||
will wrap from one stripe to the next like text of a newspaper article.
|
||
If column type list cannot be properly split into the equal groups, the
|
||
files will be listed on a single stripe.
|
||
|
||
The following column types are supported:
|
||
|
||
N[M[D],O,R[F],N] - meno súboru, kde
|
||
M - ^<wrap>zobrazuj zvýrazňujúce značky, kde
|
||
D - dynamic selection marks;
|
||
O - ^<wrap>zobrazuj mená bez cesty (určené najmä pre ~moduly/plugins~@Plugins@);
|
||
R - ^<wrap>mená zarovnané doprava, kde
|
||
F - right align all names;
|
||
N - ^<wrap>do not show extensions in name column;
|
||
|
||
Tieto parametre možno kombinovať, napr. NMR.
|
||
|
||
X[R] - file extension, where:
|
||
R - ^<wrap>right align file extension;
|
||
|
||
S[C,T,F,E] - dĺžka súboru
|
||
P[C,T,F,E] - komprimovaná dĺžka súboru
|
||
G[C,T,F,E] - size of file streams, where:
|
||
C - ^<wrap>formátovanie dĺžky súboru čiarkami;
|
||
T - ^<wrap>používať 1000 namiesto 1024
|
||
ako oddeľovač ak je stĺpec príliš úzky
|
||
na zobrazenie celej dĺžky; in this mode unit character is shown in lower case, e.g. #k#,
|
||
#m#, #g# instead of #K#, #M#, #G#;
|
||
F - ^<wrap>show size as a decimal fraction with
|
||
no more than three digits before decimal point, e.g. 999 bytes will
|
||
be shown as #999#, while 1024 bytes as #1.00 K#; note that the behavior
|
||
depends on whether the #T# modifier is used;
|
||
E - ^<wrap>economic mode, no space between the
|
||
size and the unit character, e.g. #1.00k#;
|
||
|
||
D - dátum modifikácie súboru
|
||
T - čas modifikácie súboru
|
||
|
||
DM[B,M] - dátum a čas modifikácie súboru
|
||
DC[B,M] - dátum a čas vytvorenia súboru
|
||
DA[B,M] - dátum a čas posledného prístupu
|
||
DE[B,M] - file change date and time, where:
|
||
B - krátky (Unix štýl) formát času;
|
||
M - používať názvy mesiacov;
|
||
|
||
A - atribúty súboru;
|
||
Z - popis súboru;
|
||
|
||
O[L] - majiteľ súboru, kde
|
||
L - show domain name;
|
||
|
||
LN - počet pevných linkov;
|
||
|
||
F - number of streams.
|
||
|
||
Ak popis typov stĺpcov obsahuje viac ako jeden stĺpec s menom
|
||
súboru, súborový panel bude zobrazený viacstĺpcovo.
|
||
|
||
File attributes are denoted as follows:
|
||
|
||
#N# - Attributes not set
|
||
#R# - Read only
|
||
#H# - Hidden
|
||
#S# - System
|
||
#D# - Directory
|
||
#A# - Archive
|
||
#T# - Temporary
|
||
#$# - Sparse
|
||
#L# - Reparse point
|
||
#C# - Compressed
|
||
#O# - Offline
|
||
#I# - Not content indexed
|
||
#E# - Encrypted
|
||
#V# - Integrity stream
|
||
#?# - Virtual
|
||
#X# - No scrub data
|
||
#P# - Pinned
|
||
#U# - Unpinned
|
||
|
||
By default the size of the attributes column is 6 characters. To display
|
||
the additional attributes it is necessary to manually increase the size of the column.
|
||
|
||
#Šírky stĺpcov (Column widths)# - dovoľuje zmeniť šírky jednotlivých
|
||
stĺpcov panelu. Ak sa rovná nule, použije sa štandardná hodnota. Ak je
|
||
šírka názvu, popisu alebo majiteľa rovná nule, bude vypočítaná automaticky,
|
||
v závislosti od šírky panelu. Pre správnu prácu s rôznymi šírkami obrazovky
|
||
sa veľmi odporúča mať aspoň jeden stĺpec s automaticky vypočítavanou šírkou.
|
||
Width can be also set as a percentage of
|
||
remaining free space after the fixed width columns by adding the "%" character
|
||
after the numerical value. If the total size of such columns exceeds 100%,
|
||
their sizes are scaled.
|
||
|
||
Zvýšenie štandardnej šírky stĺpca pre čas alebo dátum a čas súboru o 1
|
||
spôsobí zobrazenie v 12-hodinovom formáte. Pri ďalšom zväčšení sa zobrazia
|
||
sekundy resp. milisekundy.
|
||
|
||
Pre zobrazovanie roku vo formáte štyroch čísel stačí zväčšiť šírku stĺpca o dva.
|
||
|
||
Enabling links, streams and owner columns (G, LN, F and O) can significantly
|
||
slow down the directory reading.
|
||
|
||
#Typy stavového riadku# a #Šírky stavového riadku# -
|
||
sú podobné "Typom stĺpcov" a "Šírkam stĺpcov", ale platia pre stavový riadok.
|
||
|
||
#Celá obrazovka# - nastaví jeden panel na celú obrazovku namiesto zvyčajnej polovičky.
|
||
|
||
#Zarovnať prípony súborov# - bude zobrazovať prípony súborov zarovnané pod seba.
|
||
|
||
#Align folder extensions# - show folder extensions aligned.
|
||
|
||
#Adresáre veľkými písmenami# - zobrazí všetky mená adresárov veľkými písmenami,
|
||
ignorujúc originálnu veľkosť písmen.
|
||
|
||
#Súbory malými písmenami# - zobrazí všetky mená súborov malými písmenami,
|
||
ignorujúc originálnu veľkosť písmen.
|
||
|
||
#Súbory veľkými písmenami zobraziť malými# -
|
||
zobrazí všetky mená súborov, ktoré obsahujú iba veľké písmená, iba malými
|
||
písmenami. Táto možnosť je štandardne zapnutá, kto chce vidieť všetky mená
|
||
so skutočnými názvami, ten môže túto, ako i dve predošlé vypnúť. Všetky
|
||
tieto nastavenia však ovplyvňujú iba zobrazovanie súborov, pri operáciách
|
||
Far vždy používa skutočné mená (vrátane veľkých/malých písmen).
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ColorGroups
|
||
$ #Color groups#
|
||
Toto menu dovoľuje zmeniť farbu rôznych častí prostredia, a taktiež nastaviť farby ako východzie (základné).
|
||
|
||
#Set default colors#
|
||
Set the colors to default values, expressed as indices in the console palette.
|
||
|
||
#Set default colors (RGB)#
|
||
Set the colors to default values, expressed as colors in RGB space, normally used for the corresponding console palette indices.
|
||
Unlike the indices in the console palette, the RGB values are device-independent and will look the same in any terminal.
|
||
For example, the default #index# value of panels background is #1#, which is usually, but not necessarily, mapped to some unspecified shade of blue.
|
||
The default #RGB# value of panels background, on the contrary, is always exactly #000080#.
|
||
|
||
#Note#: RGB colors require Virtual Terminal-based rendering, which can be enabled in ~Interface settings~@InterfSettings@.
|
||
If it is not enabled or if your terminal does not support RGB colors, they will be approximated to the closest console palette indices.
|
||
|
||
This is the current palette:
|
||
|
||
\00 \10 \20 \30 \40 \50 \60 \70 \-
|
||
\80 \90 \A0 \B0 \C0 \D0 \E0 \F0 \-
|
||
|
||
This is the default RGB representation:
|
||
|
||
\(T0:T000000) \(T0:T000080) \(T0:T008000) \(T0:T008080) \(T0:T800000) \(T0:T800080) \(T0:T808000) \(T0:TC0C0C0) \-
|
||
\(T0:T808080) \(T0:T0000FF) \(T0:T00FF00) \(T0:T00FFFF) \(T0:TFF0000) \(T0:TFF00FF) \(T0:TFFFF00) \(T0:TFFFFFF) \-
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ColorPicker
|
||
$ #Color Picker#
|
||
This dialog allows to define a foreground color, a background color and a text style.
|
||
|
||
The foreground and the background colors can be either:
|
||
- one of the 16 colors from the standard Windows Console pallete,
|
||
- one of the 256 colors from the Xterm pallette, or
|
||
- one of the 16 million colors from the RGB color space.
|
||
|
||
The standard 16-color palette is available in the dialog.
|
||
To access the ~256-color palette~@ColorPicker256@ and the RGB color space use the corresponding buttons.
|
||
|
||
The color value is also represented in the hexadecimal form for convenience, where:
|
||
- #AA______# - the alpha channel, representing the degree of transparency from fully transparent (00) to fully opaque (FF).
|
||
- #______##### - the palette index from 00 to FF.
|
||
- #__RRGGBB# - the red, green and blue channels in the RGB color space, from 00 to FF each.
|
||
|
||
When the color is not fully opaque, the previous color in the logical Z-order is taken into account.
|
||
|
||
The foreground text style can include ANSI/VT100-like attributes listed in the right section.
|
||
When #Inherit# is checked, the previous foreground text style in the logical Z-order is taken into account.
|
||
|
||
The preview section below displays the final result.
|
||
|
||
#Attention#
|
||
Only the standard 16-color palette is guaranteed to work everywhere.
|
||
Support for everything else is conditional and defined by your terminal.
|
||
|
||
Extended colors and styles require Virtual Terminal-based rendering, which can be enabled in ~Interface settings~@InterfSettings@.
|
||
You can find more about it ~here~@https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/console/classic-vs-vt@.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ColorPicker256
|
||
$ #256 Color Picker#
|
||
This dialog allows to pick a color from the 256-color Xterm pallette.
|
||
|
||
The first 16 colors are the same as the standard palette and are available in the ~main dialog~@ColorPicker@.
|
||
|
||
\00 \10 \20 \30 \40 \50 \60 \70 \-
|
||
\80 \90 \A0 \B0 \C0 \D0 \E0 \F0 \-
|
||
|
||
The next 216 colors are represented as a 6x6x6 cube. The palette usually has 6 levels for every primary color and forms a homogeneous RGB cube.
|
||
Use the buttons on the right to rotate the cube, access its inner levels or mix the primary colors directly.
|
||
|
||
\(:10) \(:11) \(:12) \(:13) \(:14) \(:15) \- \(:34) \(:35) \(:36) \(:37) \(:38) \(:39) \- \(:58) \(:59) \(:5A) \(:5B) \(:5C) \(:5D) \-
|
||
\(:16) \(:17) \(:18) \(:19) \(:1A) \(:1B) \- \(:3A) \(:3B) \(:3C) \(:3D) \(:3E) \(:3F) \- \(:5E) \(:5F) \(:60) \(:61) \(:62) \(:63) \-
|
||
\(:1C) \(:1D) \(:1E) \(:1F) \(:20) \(:21) \- \(:40) \(:41) \(:42) \(:43) \(:44) \(:45) \- \(:64) \(:65) \(:66) \(:67) \(:68) \(:69) \-
|
||
\(:22) \(:23) \(:24) \(:25) \(:26) \(:27) \- \(:46) \(:47) \(:48) \(:49) \(:4A) \(:4B) \- \(:6A) \(:6B) \(:6C) \(:6D) \(:6E) \(:6F) \-
|
||
\(:28) \(:29) \(:2A) \(:2B) \(:2C) \(:2D) \- \(:4C) \(:4D) \(:4E) \(:4F) \(:50) \(:51) \- \(:70) \(:71) \(:72) \(:73) \(:74) \(:75) \-
|
||
\(:2E) \(:2F) \(:30) \(:31) \(:32) \(:33) \- \(:52) \(:53) \(:54) \(:55) \(:56) \(:57) \- \(:76) \(:77) \(:78) \(:79) \(:7A) \(:7B) \-
|
||
|
||
\(:7C) \(:7D) \(:7E) \(:7F) \(:80) \(:81) \- \(:A0) \(:A1) \(:A2) \(:A3) \(:A4) \(:A5) \- \(:C4) \(:C5) \(:C6) \(:C7) \(:C8) \(:C9) \-
|
||
\(:82) \(:83) \(:84) \(:85) \(:86) \(:87) \- \(:A6) \(:A7) \(:A8) \(:A9) \(:AA) \(:AB) \- \(:CA) \(:CB) \(:CC) \(:CD) \(:CE) \(:CF) \-
|
||
\(:88) \(:89) \(:8A) \(:8B) \(:8C) \(:8D) \- \(:AC) \(:AD) \(:AE) \(:AF) \(:B0) \(:B1) \- \(:D0) \(:D1) \(:D2) \(:D3) \(:D4) \(:D5) \-
|
||
\(:8E) \(:8F) \(:90) \(:91) \(:92) \(:93) \- \(:B2) \(:B3) \(:B4) \(:B5) \(:B6) \(:B7) \- \(:D6) \(:D7) \(:D8) \(:D9) \(:DA) \(:DB) \-
|
||
\(:94) \(:95) \(:96) \(:97) \(:98) \(:99) \- \(:B8) \(:B9) \(:BA) \(:BB) \(:BC) \(:BD) \- \(:DC) \(:DD) \(:DE) \(:DF) \(:E0) \(:E1) \-
|
||
\(:9A) \(:9B) \(:9C) \(:9D) \(:9E) \(:9F) \- \(:BE) \(:BF) \(:C0) \(:C1) \(:C2) \(:C3) \- \(:E2) \(:E3) \(:E4) \(:E5) \(:E6) \(:E7) \-
|
||
|
||
The last 24 colors are usually defined as a grayscale ramp.
|
||
|
||
\(:E8) \(:E9) \(:EA) \(:EB) \(:EC) \(:ED) \(:EE) \(:EF) \(:F0) \(:F1) \(:F2) \(:F3) \(:F4) \(:F5) \(:F6) \(:F7) \(:F8) \(:F9) \(:FA) \(:FB) \(:FC) \(:FD) \(:FE) \(:FF) \-
|
||
|
||
|
||
@SortGroups
|
||
$ #Skupiny triedenia#
|
||
Skupiny triedenia možno použiť len pri zoraďovaní podľa #mena#
|
||
alebo #prípony# v ~súborovom paneli~@FilePanel@.
|
||
Zapnúť/vypnúť ich možno pomocou #Shift+F11#. Dovoľujú definovať dodatočné
|
||
pravidlá pre zoraďovanie, rozširujúc práve nastavené.
|
||
|
||
Každá skupina triedenia obsahuje jednu alebo niekoľko
|
||
~masiek~@FileMasks@. Ak je niektorá skupina umiestnená
|
||
v zozname skupín vyššie ako iná a je nastavené vzostupné zoraďovanie,
|
||
všetky súbory patriace do tejto skupiny budú vyššie ako tie, patriace
|
||
do druhej.
|
||
|
||
Príkaz #Nastavenie skupín triedenia# z menu
|
||
~príkazy~@CmdMenu@ dovoľuje vymazávať, vytvárať a upravovať
|
||
skupiny triedenia, pomocou kláves #Del#, #Ins# a #F4#. Súbory patriace do niektorej
|
||
skupiny nad oddeľovačom budú umiestnené vyššie, ako tie, ktoré nepatria do
|
||
žiadnej skupiny. Súbory patriace do niektorej skupiny pod oddeľovačom budú
|
||
umiestnené nižšie, ako tie, ktoré nepatria do žiadnej skupiny.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FileMasks
|
||
$ #Masky súborov#
|
||
Masky sú často použivané v príkazoch Faru na označenie jednotlivých
|
||
súborov a adresárov alebo ich skupín. Masky môžu obsahovať zvyčajné
|
||
symboly v menách súborov, náhradné znaky ('*' a '?') a špeciálne výrazy:
|
||
|
||
#*# ľubovoľný počet znakov;
|
||
|
||
#?# ľubovoľný jeden znak;
|
||
|
||
#[cx-z]# ľubovoľný znak z tých, čo sú uzavreté v zátvorkách.
|
||
Dovolené sú tak samostatné znaky, ako i intervaly.
|
||
|
||
Napríklad, súbory ftp.exe, fc.exe a f.ext možno označiť použitím masky
|
||
f*.ex?, maska *co* označí tak color.ini ako i edit.com, maskou [c-ft]*.txt
|
||
možno označiť config.txt, demo.txt, faq.txt a tips.txt.
|
||
|
||
Mnohé príkazy Faru dovoľujú zadať niekoľko masiek oddelených čiarkami.
|
||
Napr. na označenie všetkých dokumentov môžete zadať *.doc, *.txt, *.wri
|
||
v príkaze "Označiť skupinu".
|
||
|
||
It is allowed to put any of the masks in quotes but not the whole list. For
|
||
example, you have to do this when a mask contains any of the delimiter
|
||
characters (a comma or a semicolon), so that the mask doesn't get confused with
|
||
a list.
|
||
|
||
File mask surrounded with slashes #/# is treated as ~Perl regular expression~@RegExp@.
|
||
|
||
Example:
|
||
#/(eng|rus)/i# - any files with filenames containing string “eng” or “rus”,
|
||
the character case is not taken into account.
|
||
|
||
An #exclude mask# is one or multiple file masks that must not be matched by the
|
||
files matching the mask. The exclude mask is delimited from the main mask by
|
||
the character ‘#|#’.
|
||
|
||
Usage examples of exclude masks:
|
||
|
||
1. *.cpp
|
||
All files with the extension #cpp#.
|
||
2. *.*|*.bak,*.tmp
|
||
All files except for the files with extensions #bak# and #tmp#.
|
||
3. *.*|
|
||
The character | is entered, but the mask itself is not specified,
|
||
expression treated as *.*
|
||
4. *.*|*.bak|*.tmp
|
||
The character | can be used in the mask only once,
|
||
expression treated as *.*|*.bak
|
||
5. |*.bak
|
||
The same as *|*.bak
|
||
6. *.*|/^pict\d{1,3}\.gif$/i
|
||
All files except for pict0.gif — pict999.gif, disregard the character case.
|
||
|
||
The comma (or semicolon) is used for separating file masks from each other,
|
||
and the ‘|’ character separates include masks from exclude masks.
|
||
|
||
File masks can be joined into ~groups~@MaskGroupsSettings@.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@SelectFiles
|
||
$ #Označovanie súborov#
|
||
~File panel~@FilePanel@ items (files and folders) can be selected
|
||
for group processing. Ak nie sú označené žiadne súbory, bude sa pracovať len
|
||
so súborom pod kurzorom.
|
||
|
||
#Keyboard Selection#
|
||
|
||
#Ins# označí súbor pod kurzorom a posunie kurzor
|
||
nižšie.
|
||
|
||
#Shift+kurzorové klávesy# dovoľuje posúvať kurzor rôznymi smermi.
|
||
#Medzerník (Space)# pracuje podobne ako Ins, ak sa použije príslušné
|
||
makro (je súčasťou ukážkových makier) a príkazový
|
||
riadok je prázdny.
|
||
|
||
#Sivý +# a #Sivý -# umožňujú označenie a odznačenie skupiny
|
||
pomocou jednej alebo niekoľkých ~masiek~@FileMasks@ oddelených čiarkami. #†#
|
||
|
||
#Sivý *# invertuje aktuálne označenie. #†#
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+<Sivý +># a #Ctrl+<Sivý -># označuje a odznačuje všetky
|
||
súbory s rovnakou príponou, akú má súbor pod kurzorom.
|
||
|
||
#Alt+<Gray +># a #Alt+<Gray -># označuje a odznačuje všetky
|
||
súbory s rovnakým menom, aké má súbor pod kurzorom.
|
||
|
||
#Shift+<Sivý +># a #Shift+<Sivý -># označuje a odznačuje všetky súbory. #†#
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+<Sivý *># invertuje aktuálne označenie
|
||
vrátane adresárov.
|
||
|
||
#Alt+<Gray *># inverts the current selection on files only,
|
||
folders are deselected.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+M# obnoví naposledy označenú skupinu.
|
||
|
||
#Mouse Selection#
|
||
|
||
#Right click# toggles selection on the clicked item and moves the
|
||
cursor to it. See also #Right click selects files# option of the
|
||
~Panel settings~@PanelSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
#Right click and hold# on the #status line# or #column titles# moves
|
||
the cursor forward or backward respectively, while selecting
|
||
or deselecting items along the way. The action (selection
|
||
or deselection) depends on the state of the item under cursor before the
|
||
click.
|
||
|
||
────────────────
|
||
#†# If the #Select folders# option of the
|
||
~Panel settings~@PanelSettings@ dialog is off, only files are selected
|
||
or deselected. Otherwise, the selection on the folders is changed as well.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@CopyFiles
|
||
$ #Kopírovanie, presúvanie, premenovávanie a vytváranie linkov#
|
||
Nasledovné príkazy možno použiť na kopírovanie, presúvanie a premenovávanie súborov a adresárov:
|
||
|
||
Skopíruj ~označené~@SelectFiles@ súbory #F5#
|
||
|
||
Skopíruj súbor pod kurzorom bez ohľadu na označenie #Shift+F5#
|
||
|
||
Premenuj alebo presuň označené súbory #F6#
|
||
|
||
Premenuj alebo presuň súbor pod kurzorom #Shift+F6#
|
||
bez ohľadu na označenie
|
||
|
||
Create ~file links~@HardSymLink@ #Alt+F6#
|
||
|
||
For a folder: if the folder at the specified target path (relative
|
||
or absolute) exists, the source folder will be copied / moved inside the
|
||
target folder. Otherwise, a new folder will be created at the target
|
||
path and the contents of the source folder will be copied / moved into
|
||
the newly created folder.
|
||
|
||
For example, when moving #c:\folder1\# to #d:\folder2\#:
|
||
|
||
- ^<wrap>if #d:\folder2\# exists, the contents of #c:\folder1\# will be moved into
|
||
#d:\folder2\folder1\#. Otherwise, the contents of #c:\folder1\# will be moved into the newly
|
||
created #d:\folder2\#.
|
||
|
||
If the option “#Process multiple destinations#” is enabled, you can specify
|
||
multiple copy or move targets on the input line. The targets should be separated
|
||
with character “#;#” or “#,#”. If a target name contains these characters,
|
||
enclose it in double quotes.
|
||
|
||
Ak chcete cieľový adresár vytvoriť pred kopírovaním, pripojte k jeho
|
||
menu opačné lomítko.
|
||
|
||
If ~Panel.Tree.TurnOffCompletely~@Panel.Tree.TurnOffCompletely@
|
||
parameter in ~far:config~@FarConfig@ is set to “false,” you can use
|
||
~Find folder~@FindFolder@ dialog to select the target path.
|
||
The following shortcuts open the dialog with different pre-selected folders:
|
||
- ^<wrap>#F10# stromu adresárov aktívneho panelu.
|
||
- ^<wrap>#Alt+F10# stromu adresárov pasívneho panelu.
|
||
- ^<wrap>#Shift+F10# selects the specified target folder. If several
|
||
paths are entered on the input line, only the first one is used.
|
||
|
||
If the option “#Process multiple destinations#” is enabled, the folder
|
||
selected in the tree is appended to the input line.
|
||
|
||
Možnosť kopírovania, presúvania a premenovávania súborov z prídavných
|
||
modulov závisí od funkčnosti konkrétneho modulu.
|
||
|
||
The #Access rights# parameter is valid only for the NTFS file system
|
||
and controls how access rights of the created files and folders are set.
|
||
The #Default# option leaves access rights processing to the operating system.
|
||
The #Copy# option applies the access rights of the original objects. The
|
||
#Inherit# option applies the inheritable access rights of the
|
||
destination’s parent folder.
|
||
|
||
The “#Already existing files#” parameter controls Far behavior
|
||
if the target file with the same name already exists.
|
||
|
||
Possible values:
|
||
- ^<wrap>#Ask# - a ~confirmation dialog~@CopyAskOverwrite@ will be shown;
|
||
- #Overwrite# - all target files will be replaced;
|
||
- #Skip# - target files will not be replaced;
|
||
- #Rename# - existing target files will stay unchanged, copied files will be renamed;
|
||
- #Append# - target file will be appended with the file being copied;
|
||
- #Only newer file(s)# - only files with the newer write date and time
|
||
will be copied;
|
||
- #Also ask on R/O files# - controls whether an additional confirmation
|
||
dialog should be displayed for the read-only files.
|
||
|
||
Možnosť "#Použiť kopírovanie cez systém#" z ~nastavení systému~@SystemSettings@ prikáže
|
||
používanie funkcie CopyFileEx z Windows namiesto internej implementácie kopírovania.
|
||
Toto môže byť užitočné na NTFS, lebo CopyFileEx kopíruje aj rozšírené atribúty súboru. If this option is off, the internal
|
||
implementation of the file copy routine is used. The internal
|
||
function is also used if the source file is encrypted and is being
|
||
copied to a different volume.
|
||
|
||
The “#Copy contents of symbolic links#” parameter controls the
|
||
~logic~@CopyRule@ of ~symbolic links~@HardSymLink@ processing.
|
||
|
||
When moving files, to determine whether the operation should be performed
|
||
as a copy with subsequent deletion or as a direct move (within the same physical
|
||
drive), Far takes into account ~symbolic links~@HardSymLink@.
|
||
|
||
Far handles copying to #con# the same way as copying to #nul# or
|
||
#\\\\.\\nul#, that is the file is read from the disk but not written
|
||
anywhere.
|
||
|
||
When moving to #nul#, #\\\\.\\nul# or #con#, the files are not deleted
|
||
from the disk.
|
||
|
||
The parameters “#Access rights#” and “#Only newer files#” affect only the current
|
||
copy session.
|
||
|
||
To copy only the files that match the user defined criteria, check
|
||
the #Use filter# checkbox, then press the #Filter# button to open the
|
||
~filters menu~@FiltersMenu@. Remember that if you copy a folder and none
|
||
of the files in it match the criteria, the empty folder will #not# be
|
||
created at the destination.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@CopyAskOverwrite
|
||
$ #Copying: confirmation dialog#
|
||
If a file of the same name exists in the target folder the user will be
|
||
prompted to select on of the following actions:
|
||
|
||
#Overwrite# - target file will be replaced;
|
||
|
||
#Skip# - target file will not be replaced;
|
||
|
||
#Rename# - existing file will not be changed, a new name will be given to
|
||
the file being copied;
|
||
|
||
#Append# - target file will be appended with the file being copied;
|
||
|
||
If #Remember choice# is checked, the selected action will be applied to
|
||
all existing files and the confirmation dialog will not be displayed again for
|
||
the current copying session.
|
||
|
||
If sizes and last modification dates are not enough for you to make a decision,
|
||
you can try to inspect the content of the files with internal viewer by moving the cursor
|
||
to any of them and pressing the F3 key.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@CopyRule
|
||
$ #Copying: rules#
|
||
When ~copying/moving~@CopyFiles@ folders and/or
|
||
~symbolic links~@HardSymLink@ the following rules apply:
|
||
|
||
#Copying of symbolic links#
|
||
|
||
If the "Copy contents of symbolic links" option is on or the source or the
|
||
destination are remote disks, then a folder will be created at the destination
|
||
and the contents of the source symbolic link will be copied to it (recursively
|
||
for enclosed links).
|
||
|
||
If the "Copy contents of symbolic links" option is off and the source and
|
||
the destination are local disks, then a symbolic link pointing to the source
|
||
symbolic link will be created at the destination.
|
||
|
||
#Moving of symbolic links#
|
||
|
||
If the "Copy contents of symbolic links" option is on or the source or the
|
||
destination are remote disks, then a folder will be created at the destination
|
||
and the contents of the source symbolic links will be copied to it (recursively
|
||
for enclosed links). The source symbolic link is then deleted.
|
||
|
||
If the "Copy contents of symbolic links" option is off and the source and
|
||
the destination are local disks, then the source symbolic link will be moved to
|
||
the destination. Recursive descent of the tree will not be made.
|
||
|
||
#Moving of a folder, than contains symbolic links#
|
||
|
||
If the source and the destination are local disk, then the folder will be
|
||
moved as a normal folder.
|
||
|
||
If the source or the destination are remote disks, then with no regard to
|
||
the "Copy contents of symbolic links" option a folder will be created in the
|
||
destination and the contents of the source symbolic link will be copied to it
|
||
(recursively for enclosed links). The source symbolic link is then deleted.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@HardSymLink
|
||
$ #Hard and Symbolic link#
|
||
On NTFS volumes you can create #hard links# for files, #directory junctions# for
|
||
folders and #symbolic links# for files and folders using the #Alt+F6# command.
|
||
|
||
#Hard links#
|
||
|
||
A #hard link# is an additional directory entry for the given file. When a
|
||
hard link is created, the file is not copied itself, but receives one more name
|
||
or location, while its previous name and location remain intact. Since the
|
||
moment of its creation, a hard link is indistinguishable from the original
|
||
entry. The only difference is that short file names are not created for hard
|
||
links, and so they cannot be seen from DOS programs.
|
||
|
||
When the file size or date changes, all of the corresponding directory
|
||
entries are updated automatically. When a file is deleted, it is not deleted
|
||
physically until all the hard links pointing at it will be deleted. The
|
||
deletion order doesn't matter. When a hard link is deleted into the recycle
|
||
bin, the number of links of a file does not change.
|
||
|
||
Far can create hard links and can show the number of the file's hard links
|
||
in a separate column (by default, it's the last column in the 9th panel mode)
|
||
and sort the files by hard link number.
|
||
|
||
Hard links can only be created on the same partition as the source file.
|
||
|
||
#Directory junctions#
|
||
|
||
Directory junctions allows to access to any local folders as to any other
|
||
local folders. For example, if the directory junction D:\\JUNCTION points to
|
||
C:\\WINNT\\SYSTEM32, a program accessing D:\\JUNCTION\\DRIVERS will actually access
|
||
C:\\WINNT\\SYSTEM32\\DRIVERS.
|
||
|
||
Directory junctions can not point to network folders.
|
||
|
||
Under Windows 2000 it is not allowed to create directory junctions directly to
|
||
CD-ROM folders, but this restriction can be overcome by mounting a CD-ROM
|
||
as a folder on the NTFS partition.
|
||
|
||
#Symbolic links#
|
||
|
||
NTFS supports symbolic links starting from Windows Vista (NT 6.0). It's an
|
||
improved version of directory junctions - symbolic links can also point to files
|
||
and non-local folders, relative paths also supported.
|
||
|
||
By default, only members of "Administrators" group can create symbolic links,
|
||
this can be changed in the local security settings.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ErrCopyItSelf
|
||
$ #Error: copy/move onto itself.#
|
||
You cannot copy or move a file or folder onto itself.
|
||
|
||
This error can also happen if there are two directories, one of which is
|
||
a ~symbolic link~@HardSymLink@ to another.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@WarnCopyEncrypt
|
||
$ #Warning: Losing file encryption#
|
||
The source file is encrypted. Copying or moving it outside of the current
|
||
disk is possible if in the destination the file will be decrypted.
|
||
|
||
The "Ignore" (or "Ignore all") buttons ignore the given warning and copy
|
||
the file unencrypted to the destination.
|
||
|
||
The internal copying mechanism will be used for copying encrypted files
|
||
outside of the current disk with no regard to the "Use system copy routine"
|
||
option.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@WarnCopyStream
|
||
$ #Warning: copying or moving file with multiple streams#
|
||
The source file contains more than one data stream or the destination file
|
||
system does not support files with multiple streams.
|
||
|
||
Streams are a feature of the NTFS file system allowing to associate
|
||
additional information with a file (for example, author's name, title, keywords
|
||
and so on, or any other data). This information is stored together with the
|
||
file and is invisible to programs that do not support streams. For example,
|
||
streams are used by Windows Explorer to store additional file properties
|
||
(summary). FAT/FAT32 file systems do not support streams.
|
||
|
||
To copy a file completely (together with all its streams), turn on the
|
||
option "#Use system copy routine#" in the ~System settings~@SystemSettings@
|
||
dialog.
|
||
|
||
If you are copying a file with multiple streams to a volume with a file
|
||
system other than NTFS, you will also lose data - only the main stream will be
|
||
copied.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ErrLoadPlugin
|
||
$ #Error: plugin not loaded#
|
||
This error message can appear in the following cases:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>A dynamic link library not present on your system is required for correct operation of the plugin.
|
||
2. ^<wrap>For some reason, the plugin returned an error code telling the system to abort plugin loading.
|
||
3. ^<wrap>The DLL file of the plugin is corrupt.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ScrSwitch
|
||
$ #Prepínanie obrazoviek#
|
||
Far dovoľuje otvoriť niekoľko kópií interného prezerača a editora.
|
||
Medzi panelmi a obrazovkami týchto kópií možno prepínať pomocou
|
||
#Ctrl+Tab#, #Ctrl+Shift+Tab# alebo #F12#. #Ctrl+Tab# prepne na nasledujúcu
|
||
obrazovku, #Ctrl+Shift+Tab# na predošlú a #F12# zobrazí zoznam všetkých
|
||
existujúcich obrazoviek.
|
||
|
||
Počet prezeračov a editorov v pozadí je zobrazovaný v ľavom hornom rohu ľavého panelu.
|
||
Jeho zobrazovanie môžete zakázať v ~nastavení panelov~@PanelSettings@.
|
||
|
||
See also: common ~menu~@MenuCmd@ keyboard commands.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ApplyCmd
|
||
$ #Vykonaj príkaz#
|
||
Pomocou položky #Vykonaj príkaz# z menu ~súbory~@FilesMenu@ je možné použiť zadaný príkaz
|
||
na všetky označené súbory. Na zadanie mena súboru možno použiť ~špeciálne symboly~@MetaSymbols@
|
||
rovanké ako ~pre typy súborov~@FileAssoc@.
|
||
|
||
Napríklad, 'type !.!' vypíše na obrazovku všetky označené súbory,
|
||
jeden za druhým, and the command 'rar32 m !.!.rar !.!' will move all selected files
|
||
into RAR archives with the same names. The command 'explorer /select,!.!' will
|
||
start the Windows Explorer and set the cursor to the current file or directory.
|
||
|
||
See also ~"Operating system commands"~@OSCommands@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@OSCommands
|
||
$ #Operating system commands#
|
||
Far Manager executes the following operating system commands
|
||
internally, without invoking operating system command processor:
|
||
|
||
#CLS#
|
||
Clears the screen.
|
||
|
||
#disk:#
|
||
Changes the current drive on the active panel to the specified “disk”.
|
||
|
||
#CD [disk:]path# or #CHDIR [disk:]path#
|
||
Changes the current path on the active panel to the specified
|
||
“path”. If the drive letter is specified, the current drive is also
|
||
changed. If the active panel shows a ~plugin~@Plugins@ emulated file
|
||
system, the “CD” command changes the folder in the plugin file system.
|
||
Unlike “CD”, the “CHDIR” command treats its parameter as a path name
|
||
in the disk file system, regardless of the file panel type.
|
||
The #CD ~~# command changes to the home directory (if there is no
|
||
real “~~” file or directory in the current directory). The home
|
||
directory is specified in the #Use home dir# option of the
|
||
~Command line settings~@CmdlineSettings@ dialog. By default, it is the
|
||
string “%FARHOME%” denoting the Far Manager home directory.
|
||
|
||
#CHCP [nnn]#
|
||
Displays or sets the active code page number. Parameter “nnn”
|
||
specifies the code page number to set. “CHCP” without a parameter
|
||
displays the active code page number.
|
||
|
||
#SET variable=[string]#
|
||
Sets environment “variable” to the value “string”. If “string”
|
||
is not specified, the environment “variable” is removed. On startup, Far
|
||
Manager sets several ~environment variables~@FAREnv@.
|
||
|
||
#IF [NOT] EXIST filename command#
|
||
Executes the “command” if the “filename” exists, or does not exist
|
||
(if used with “NOT”).
|
||
|
||
#IF [NOT] DEFINED variable command#
|
||
Executes the “command” if the environment “variable” is defined,
|
||
or not defined (if used with “NOT”).
|
||
“IF” commands can be nested. In the following example the “command”
|
||
will be executed if “file1” exists, “file2” does not exist, and the
|
||
environment “variable” is defined:
|
||
#if exist file1 if not exist file2 if defined variable command#
|
||
|
||
#PUSHD [path]#
|
||
Stores the current path for use by the “POPD” command.
|
||
If “path” is specified, changes the current path on the active panel to it.
|
||
|
||
#POPD#
|
||
Changes the current path on the active panel to that stored by the “PUSHD” command.
|
||
|
||
#CLRD#
|
||
Clears the stack of paths stored by the “PUSHD” command.
|
||
|
||
#TITLE [string]#
|
||
Sets the “string” as the permanent title of the Far Manager console
|
||
window. The title will not change with switching between panels, nor
|
||
with the commands being executed, nor with the #Far window title# option
|
||
of the ~Interface settings~@InterfSettings@ dialog. The “string” preset
|
||
will be used until the end of the current session or until the default
|
||
behavior is restored by the “TITLE” command with no parameters.
|
||
|
||
#EXIT#
|
||
Exits Far Manager.
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>If the command syntax does not match one of the listed
|
||
above, Far Manager will invoke the operating system command processor to execute the command.
|
||
2. ^<wrap>Far Manager executes the commands listed above in the following contexts:
|
||
- ~Command line~@CmdLineCmd@
|
||
- ~Apply command~@ApplyCmd@
|
||
- ~User menu~@UserMenu@
|
||
- ~File associations~@FileAssoc@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FAREnv
|
||
$ #Environment variables#
|
||
On startup, Far Manager sets the following environment variables available
|
||
to child processes:
|
||
|
||
#FARHOME# ^<wrap>path to the folder containing main Far executable module.
|
||
|
||
#FARPROFILE# ^<wrap>path to the folder containing roaming user data (Far & plugins settings, additional plugins etc.)
|
||
|
||
#FARLOCALPROFILE# ^<wrap>path to the folder containing local user data (histories, plugin cache etc.)
|
||
|
||
#FARLANG# ^<wrap>the name of the current interface language.
|
||
|
||
#FARUSER# ^<wrap>the name of the current user given by the /u ~command line~@CmdLine@ option.
|
||
|
||
#FARDIRSTACK# ^<wrap>the contents of directories stack top (the stack is managed with #pushd# and #popd# commands)
|
||
|
||
#FARADMINMODE# ^<wrap>equals "1" if Far Manager is running under an administrator account.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@RegExp
|
||
$ #Regular expressions#
|
||
The regular expressions syntax is almost equal to Perl regexps.
|
||
|
||
General form: #regexp# or /#regexp#/#options#.
|
||
|
||
#Options#:
|
||
#i# - ignore character case;
|
||
#s# - ^<wrap>consider the whole text as one line, ‘#.#’ matches any character;
|
||
#m# - ^<wrap>consider the whole text as multiple lines. ‘#^#’ and ‘#$#’ match the
|
||
beginning and the end of any "inner" string;
|
||
#x# - ^<wrap>ignore space characters (unescaped ones, i.e. without backslash before).
|
||
This is useful to outline the complex expressions.
|
||
|
||
#regexp# - the sequence of characters and metacharacters. The characters are
|
||
letters and digits, any other character is used verbatim when escaped, i.e.
|
||
prepended by the backslash ‘#\#’.
|
||
|
||
Pay attention that all slashes and backslashes in a regular expression must
|
||
be escaped (prepended by the ‘#\#’ character) to be treated literally
|
||
rather than escape other characters themselves or mark
|
||
the end of expression. An example: the string "big\white/scary" looks in the
|
||
form of regular expression like "big\\\\white\/scary".
|
||
|
||
#Metacharacters#
|
||
|
||
#\# - ^<wrap>the next character is treated verbatim, not a metacharacter;
|
||
#^# - ^<wrap>the beginning of string;
|
||
#$# - ^<wrap>the end of string;
|
||
#|# - ^<wrap>the alternative. Either expression before or after ‘#|#’ has to match.
|
||
Example: "\d+\w+|Hello\d+" means "(\d+\w+)|(Hello\d+)", not "\d+(\w+|H)ello\d+".
|
||
#()# - ^<wrap>grouping - it is used for references or when replacing matched text.
|
||
#[]# - ^<wrap>character class - the metacharacter which matches any character
|
||
or range of characters enumerated in #[]#. Ranges are defined as [a-z].
|
||
Metacharacters are not taken into account in character classes. If the first
|
||
character inside the brackets is ‘#^#’ then this is a negative class. If the ‘#^#’ character itself
|
||
needs to be added to a class, then it must be either not the first one or escaped by a ‘#\#’.
|
||
|
||
Except grouping, the parentheses are used for the following operations:
|
||
#(?:pattern)# - ^<wrap>usual grouping, but it does not get a number.
|
||
#(?=pattern)# - ^<wrap>the forward lookup. The matching continues from
|
||
the same place, but only if the pattern in these parentheses has matched. For
|
||
example, #\w+(?=\s)# matches the word followed by space character, and the space
|
||
is not included into the search result.
|
||
#(?!pattern)# - ^<wrap>the negation of forward lookup. The matching
|
||
continues from the same place if the pattern does not match. For example,
|
||
#foo(?!bar)# matches any "foo" without following "bar". Remember that this
|
||
expression has zero size, which means that #a(?!b)d# matches #ad# because #a#
|
||
is followed by the character which is not #b# (but #d#), and #d# follows the
|
||
zero-size expression.
|
||
#(?<=pattern)# - ^<wrap>the backward lookup. Unfortunately, the pattern must have fixed length.
|
||
#(?<!pattern)# - ^<wrap>the negation of backward lookup. The same restriction.
|
||
|
||
#(?{name}pattern)# - group with a name. The name must contain only word characters (#\w#) and spaces (#\s#).
|
||
|
||
#Quantifiers#
|
||
|
||
Any character, group or class can be followed by a quantifier:
|
||
|
||
#?# - ^<wrap>Match 0 or 1 time, greedily.
|
||
#??# - ^<wrap>Match 0 or 1 time, not greedily.
|
||
#*# - ^<wrap>Match 0 or more times, greedily.
|
||
#*?# - ^<wrap>Match 0 or more times, not greedily.
|
||
#+# - ^<wrap>Match 1 or more times, greedily.
|
||
#+?# - ^<wrap>Match 1 or more times, not greedily
|
||
#{n}# - ^<wrap>Match exactly n times.
|
||
#{n,}# - ^<wrap>Match at least n times, greedily.
|
||
#{n,}?# - ^<wrap>Match at least n times, not greedily.
|
||
#{n,m}# - ^<wrap>Match at least n but not more than m times, greedily.
|
||
#{n,m}?# - ^<wrap>Match at least n but not more than m times, not greedily.
|
||
#{,m}# - ^<wrap>equals to {0,m}
|
||
#{,m}?# - ^<wrap>equals to {0,m}?
|
||
|
||
#"Greedy" and "not greedy" quantifiers#
|
||
|
||
Greedy quantifier captures as many characters as possible, and only if
|
||
further match fails, it "returns" the captured string (the rollback
|
||
happens, which is rather expensive).
|
||
When expression "A.*Z" is matched to string
|
||
"AZXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX", #.*# captures the whole string, and then
|
||
rolls back character by character until it finds Z. On the opposite, if the expression
|
||
is "A.*?Z" then Z is found at once. Not greedy quantifier is also known as
|
||
#minimizing#, it captures as few characters as possible, and only if
|
||
further match fails it captures more.
|
||
|
||
#Special characters#
|
||
|
||
Non-letter and non-digit character can be prepended by ‘#\#’ in most cases,
|
||
but in case of letters and digits this must be done with care because this is
|
||
the way the special characters are written:
|
||
|
||
#.# - ^<wrap>any character except carriage return. If there is “#s#” among
|
||
the options then dot matches any character.
|
||
#\t# - tab (0x09)
|
||
#\n# - new line (LF, 0x0a)
|
||
#\r# - carriage return (CR, 0x0d)
|
||
#\f# - form feed (0x0c)
|
||
#\a# - bell (0x07)
|
||
#\e# - escape (0x1b)
|
||
#\xNNNN# - hex character, where N - [0-9A-Fa-f].
|
||
#\Q# - ^<wrap>the beginning of metacharacters quoting - the whole quoted
|
||
text is treated as text itself, not the regular expression
|
||
#\E# - the end of metacharacters quoting
|
||
#\w# - letter, digit or underscore (‘_’).
|
||
#\W# - not \w
|
||
#\s# - space character (tab/space/LF/CR).
|
||
#\S# - not \s
|
||
#\d# - digit
|
||
#\D# - not digit
|
||
#\i# - letter
|
||
#\I# - not letter
|
||
#\l# - lower case character
|
||
#\L# - not lower case character
|
||
#\u# - upper case character
|
||
#\U# - not upper case character
|
||
#\b# - ^<wrap>the word boundary - means that there is a word character to either left or right
|
||
from the current position, and to the right or left, accordingly, there is a non-word character.
|
||
#\B# - not \b
|
||
#\A# - the beginning of the text, disregard the option “m”
|
||
#\Z# - the end of the text, disregard the option “m”
|
||
#\O# - ^<wrap>the no-return point. If the matching has passed by this character,
|
||
it won't roll back and and will return "no match". It can be used in complex expressions
|
||
after mandatory fragment with quantifier. This special character can be used when
|
||
big amounts of data are processed.
|
||
Example:
|
||
/.*?name\O=(['"])(.*?)\1\O.*?value\O=(['"])(.*?)\3/
|
||
^<wrap>Strings containing "name=", but not containing "value=", are processed (in fact, skipped) faster.
|
||
|
||
#\NN# - ^<wrap>reference to earlier matched parentheses. NN is a positive integer.
|
||
Each parentheses except (?:pattern), (?=pattern), (?!pattern), (?<=pattern) and (?<!pattern)
|
||
have a number (in the order of appearance).
|
||
Example:
|
||
"(['"])hello\1" matches to "hello" or 'hello'.
|
||
|
||
#\p{name}# - ^<wrap>inner regexp reference to it's parsed bracket with specified #name#.
|
||
|
||
#Examples:#
|
||
|
||
#/foobar/# matches to "foobar", but not to "FOOBAR"
|
||
#/ FOO bar /ix# matches to "foobar" and "FOOBAR"
|
||
#/(foo)?bar/# matches to "foobar" and "bar"
|
||
#/^foobar$/# matches to "foobar" only, but not to "foofoofoobarfoobar"
|
||
#/[\d\.]+/# matches to any number with decimal point
|
||
#/(foo|bar)+/# matches to "foofoofoobarfoobar" and "bar"
|
||
#/\Q.)))$\E/# equals to "\.\)\)\)\$"
|
||
|
||
|
||
@RegExpRepl
|
||
$ #Regular expressions in replace#
|
||
In "Replace with" line one can use special replace string regular
|
||
expressions:
|
||
|
||
#$0#…#$N#
|
||
|
||
The found group numbers, they are replaced with appropriate groups.
|
||
The numbers are assigned to the groups in order of opening parentheses
|
||
sequence in regular expression. #$0# means the whole found sequence.
|
||
|
||
$#{#name#}# Found pattern with specified #name#.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@ElevationDlg
|
||
$ #Request administrative rights#
|
||
The current user may not have enough rights for certain file system
|
||
operations. In this case Far asks permission to retry the operation with
|
||
the elevated (administrative) rights.
|
||
|
||
Available options:
|
||
|
||
#Do this for all current objects#
|
||
Do not ask for elevated rights during the current file system
|
||
operation.
|
||
|
||
#Do not ask again in the current session#
|
||
During the current session Far will elevate rights without asking
|
||
the user.
|
||
|
||
See also #Request administrator rights# option in the
|
||
~System settings~@SystemSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacro
|
||
$ #Macro commands#
|
||
By default macros are loaded from files with #.lua# and #.moon# extensions residing in folder
|
||
#%FARPROFILE%\\Macros\\scripts#. See more details in #%FARHOME%\\Encyclopedia\\macroapi_manual.en.chm#.
|
||
|
||
Keyboard macro commands or macro commands - are recorded sequences of key
|
||
presses that can be used to perform repetitive task unlimited number of times
|
||
by pressing a single hotkey.
|
||
|
||
Each macro command has the following parameters:
|
||
- ^<wrap>a hotkey, that will execute the recorded sequence when pressed;
|
||
- additional ~settings~@KeyMacroSetting@, that influence the method and
|
||
the area of execution of the recorded sequence.
|
||
|
||
Macro commands are mostly used for:
|
||
- ^<wrap>Performing repetitive task unlimited number of times by
|
||
pressing a single hotkey.
|
||
- Execution of special functions, which are represented by
|
||
special commands in the text of the macro command.
|
||
- Redefine standard hotkeys, which are used by Far for
|
||
execution of internal commands.
|
||
|
||
The main usage of macro commands is assignment of hotkeys for calling
|
||
external plugins and for overloading Far actions.
|
||
|
||
See also:
|
||
|
||
~Macro command areas of execution~@KeyMacroArea@
|
||
~Hotkeys~@KeyMacroAssign@
|
||
~Recording and playing-back macro commands~@KeyMacroRecPlay@
|
||
~Deleting a macro command~@KeyMacroDelete@
|
||
~Macro command settings~@KeyMacroSetting@
|
||
~The list of installed macros~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroArea
|
||
$ #Macro command: areas of execution#
|
||
Far allows the creation of independent ~macro commands~@KeyMacro@ (commands with
|
||
identical hotkeys) for different areas of execution.
|
||
|
||
#Attention#: The area of execution, to which the macro command will
|
||
belong, is determined by the location in which the
|
||
recording of the macro command has been #started#.
|
||
|
||
Currently those are the available independent areas:
|
||
- file panels;
|
||
- internal viewer;
|
||
- internal editor;
|
||
- dialogs;
|
||
- quick file search;
|
||
- select drive menu;
|
||
- main menu;
|
||
- other menus;
|
||
- help window;
|
||
- info panel;
|
||
- quick view panel;
|
||
- tree panel;
|
||
- user menu;
|
||
- screen grabber, vertical menus.
|
||
|
||
It is impossible to assign a macro command to an already used hotkey. When
|
||
such an attempt is made, a warning message will appear telling that the macro
|
||
command that is assigned to this hotkey will be deleted.
|
||
|
||
This way you can have identical hotkeys for different macro commands only
|
||
in different areas of execution.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroAssign
|
||
$ #Macro command: hotkeys#
|
||
A ~macro command~@KeyMacro@ can be assigned to:
|
||
- ^<wrap>any key;
|
||
- any key combination with #Ctrl#, #Alt# and #Shift# modifiers;
|
||
- any key combination with two modifiers.
|
||
Far allows to use the following double modifiers:
|
||
#Ctrl+Shift+<key>#, #Ctrl+Alt+<key># and #Alt+Shift+<key>#
|
||
|
||
A macro command #can't# be assigned to the following key combinations:
|
||
#Alt+Ins#, #Ctrl+<.>#, #Ctrl+Shift+<.>#, #Ctrl+Alt#, #Ctrl+Shift#, #Shift+Alt#,
|
||
#Shift+<character>#.
|
||
|
||
It is impossible to enter some key combinations (in particular #Enter#,
|
||
#Esc#, #F1#, #Ctrl+F5#, #MsWheelUp# and #MsWheelDown# with #Ctrl#, #Shift#,
|
||
#Alt#) in the hotkey assignment dialog because of their special meanings. To
|
||
assign a macro command to such key combination, select it from the dropdown
|
||
list.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroRecPlay
|
||
$ #Macro command: recording and playing-back#
|
||
A ~macro command~@KeyMacro@ can be played-back in one of the two following modes:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>General mode: keys pressed during the recording or the
|
||
playing-back #will be# sent to plugins.
|
||
2. ^<wrap>Special mode: keys pressed during the recording or the
|
||
playing-back #will not be# sent to plugins that intercept editor events.
|
||
|
||
For example, if some plugin processes the key combination - #Ctrl+A#, then
|
||
in the special mode this plugin will not receive focus and will not do what it
|
||
usually does as a reaction to this combination.
|
||
|
||
Creation of a macro command is achieved by the following actions:
|
||
|
||
#Start recording a macro command#
|
||
Press #Ctrl+<.># (#Ctrl# and a period pressed together) to record
|
||
a macro in the general mode or #Ctrl+Shift+<.># (#Ctrl#, #Shift# and
|
||
a period pressed together) to record a macro in the special mode.
|
||
As the recording begins, the '\CFR\-' character will appear in the
|
||
upper left corner of the screen.
|
||
|
||
#Enter Contents of the macro command#
|
||
All keys pressed during the recording will be saved with the following exceptions:
|
||
- ^<wrap>only keys processed by Far will be saved. Meaning that if
|
||
during the macro recording process an external program is
|
||
run inside the current console then only the keys pressed
|
||
before the execution and after completion of that program
|
||
will be saved.
|
||
|
||
#Note#: During macro recording, all other macros are disabled. Thus,
|
||
it is impossible to create a “multilevel” macro which would call
|
||
previously recorded macros.
|
||
|
||
#Finish recording the macro command#
|
||
To finish a macro recording there are special key
|
||
combinations. Because a macro command can be additionally
|
||
configured there are two such combinations: #Ctrl+<.># (#Ctrl#
|
||
and a period pressed together) and #Ctrl+Shift+<.># (#Ctrl#,
|
||
#Shift# and a period pressed together). Pressing the first
|
||
combination will end the recording of the macro command
|
||
and will use the default settings for its playback. Pressing
|
||
the second combination will end the recording of the macro
|
||
command and a dialog showing macro command ~options~@KeyMacroSetting@
|
||
will appear.
|
||
|
||
#Assign a hotkey to the macro command#
|
||
When the macro recording is finished and all the options are set the
|
||
~hotkey assignment~@KeyMacroSetting@ dialog will appear, where the hotkey that
|
||
will be used to execute the recorded sequence can be set.
|
||
|
||
Playing back a macro is indicated by showing the '\2FP\-' character in the upper-left screen corner.
|
||
See also "~Macros.ShowPlayIndicator~@Macros.ShowPlayIndicator@" for turning that indication on/off.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroDelete
|
||
$ #Macro command: deleting a macro command#
|
||
To delete a ~macro command~@KeyMacro@ an empty (containing no commands)
|
||
macro should be recorded and assigned the hotkey of the macro command that
|
||
needs to be deleted.
|
||
|
||
This can be achieved by the following steps:
|
||
1. ^<wrap>Start recording a macro command (#Ctrl+<.>#)
|
||
2. Stop recording a macro command (#Ctrl+<.>#)
|
||
3. Enter or select in the hotkey assignment
|
||
dialog the hotkey of the macro command that
|
||
needs to be deleted.
|
||
|
||
#Attention#: after deleting a macro command, the key combination
|
||
(hotkey) that was used for its execution will begin
|
||
to function as it was meant to, originally. That is
|
||
if that key combination was somehow processed by Far
|
||
or some plugin then after deleting the macro command
|
||
the key combination would be processed by them as in
|
||
the past.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroSetting
|
||
$ #Macro command: settings#
|
||
To specify additional ~macro command~@KeyMacro@ settings, start or finish
|
||
macro recording with #Ctrl+Shift+<.># instead of #Ctrl+<.># and select the
|
||
desired options in the dialog:
|
||
|
||
#Sequence:#
|
||
Allows to edit the recorded key sequence.
|
||
|
||
#Description:#
|
||
Allows to edit the description of key sequence.
|
||
|
||
#Allow screen output while executing macro#
|
||
If this option is not set during the macro command execution Far Manager
|
||
does not redraw the screen. All the updates will be displayed when the macro
|
||
command playback is finished.
|
||
|
||
#Execute after Far start#
|
||
Allows to execute the macro command immediately after the Far Manager is started.
|
||
|
||
The following execution conditions can be applied for the active and passive panels:
|
||
|
||
#Plugin panel#
|
||
[x] - ^<wrap>execute only if the current panel is a plugin panel
|
||
[ ] - execute only if the current panel is a file panel
|
||
[?] - ignore the panel type
|
||
|
||
#Execute for folders#
|
||
[x] - ^<wrap>execute only if a folder is under the panel cursor
|
||
[ ] - execute only if a file is under the panel cursor
|
||
[?] - execute for both folders and files
|
||
|
||
#Selection exists#
|
||
[x] - ^<wrap>execute only if there are marked files/directories on the panel
|
||
[ ] - execute only if there are no marked files/directories on the panel
|
||
[?] - ignore the file selection state
|
||
|
||
Other execution conditions:
|
||
|
||
#Empty command line#
|
||
[x] - ^<wrap>execute only if the command line is empty
|
||
[ ] - execute only if the command line is not empty
|
||
[?] - ignore the command line state
|
||
|
||
#Selection block present#
|
||
[x] - ^<wrap>execute only if there is a selection block present in the editor, viewer, command line or dialog input line
|
||
[ ] - execute only if there is no selection present
|
||
[?] - ignore selection state
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
|
||
1. ^<wrap>Before executing a macro command, all of the above conditions are checked.
|
||
|
||
2. ^<wrap>Some key combinations (including #Enter#, #Esc#, #F1# and #Ctrl+F5#,
|
||
#MsWheelUp#, #MsWheelDown# and other mouse keys combined with #Ctrl#, #Shift#, #Alt#) cannot be entered
|
||
directly because they have special functions in the dialog. To ~assign a macro~@KeyMacroAssign@
|
||
to one of those key combinations, select it from the drop-down list.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroList
|
||
$ #Macros: The list of installed macros#
|
||
The following is a list of topics where you can find out which ~macros~@KeyMacro@
|
||
are available in the current Far Manager session.
|
||
|
||
~Common macros#~@KeyMacroCommonList@
|
||
|
||
~File panels~@KeyMacroShellList@
|
||
~Quick View panel~@KeyMacroQViewList@
|
||
~Tree panel~@KeyMacroTreeList@
|
||
~Info panel~@KeyMacroInfoList@
|
||
~Autocompletion in panels~@KeyMacroShellAutoCompletionList@
|
||
|
||
~Fast Find in panels~@KeyMacroSearchList@
|
||
~Find Folder~@KeyMacroFindFolderList@
|
||
|
||
~Dialogs~@KeyMacroDialogList@
|
||
~Autocompletion in dialogs~@KeyMacroDialogAutoCompletionList@
|
||
|
||
~Main menu~@KeyMacroMainMenuList@
|
||
~Change drive menu~@KeyMacroDisksList@
|
||
~User menu~@KeyMacroUserMenuList@
|
||
~Other menus~@KeyMacroMenuList@
|
||
|
||
~Viewer~@KeyMacroViewerList@
|
||
~Editor~@KeyMacroEditList@
|
||
|
||
~Help window#~@KeyMacroHelpList@
|
||
|
||
~Other areas~@KeyMacroOtherList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroCommonList
|
||
$ #Macros: Common macros#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in all areas.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroQViewList
|
||
$ #Macros: Quick View panel#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in Quick View panel.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Qview!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroMainMenuList
|
||
$ #Macros: Main Menu#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in Main Menu.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:MainMenu!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroTreeList
|
||
$ #Macros: Tree Panel#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in Tree Panel.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Tree!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroDialogList
|
||
$ #Macros: Dialogs#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in dialogs.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Dialog!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroInfoList
|
||
$ #Macros: Info Panel#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in Info Panel.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Info!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroDisksList
|
||
$ #Macros: Change Drive menu#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in Change Drive menu.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Disks!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroUserMenuList
|
||
$ #Macros: User Menu#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in User Menu.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:UserMenu!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroShellList
|
||
$ #Macros: File panels#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in file panels.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Shell!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroSearchList
|
||
$ #Macros: Fast Find in panels#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in Fast Find dialog.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Search!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroFindFolderList
|
||
$ #Macros: Find Folder#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in Find Folder window.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:FindFolder!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroEditList
|
||
$ #Macros: Editor#
|
||
Macro-commands available in the editor are listed below.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Editor!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroViewerList
|
||
$ #Macros: Viewer#
|
||
Macro-commands available in the viewer are listed below.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Viewer!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroMenuList
|
||
$ #Macros: Other menus#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in other menus.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Menu!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroHelpList
|
||
$ #Macros: Help window#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in Help window.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Help!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroOtherList
|
||
$ #Macros: Other areas#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in other areas: screen grabber, vertical menus.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Other!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~"The list of installed macros"~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroShellAutoCompletionList
|
||
$ #Macros: Autocompletion in panels#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in Autocompletion in panels.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:ShellAutoCompletion!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~«The list of installed macros»~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@KeyMacroDialogAutoCompletionList
|
||
$ #Macros: Autocompletion in dialogs#
|
||
The following macro keys are available in Autocompletion in dialogs.
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:Common!>
|
||
|
||
<!Macro:DialogAutoCompletion!>
|
||
|
||
See also ~«The list of installed macros»~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FarAbout
|
||
$ #Version information#
|
||
Starts with the command #far:about#
|
||
|
||
Displays:
|
||
- Far Manager version and bitness
|
||
- versions of the third-party libraries used in the project
|
||
- names and versions of the active plugins
|
||
|
||
|
||
@FarConfig
|
||
$ #Configuration editor#
|
||
Starts with the command #far:config#
|
||
|
||
Allows to view and edit all Far Manager’s options.
|
||
Most options can be changed from the ~Options menu~@OptMenu@, however some options are available only here or using configuration import.
|
||
The options are displayed in a list with three fields per item: the name in the SectionName.ParamName format (for example, Editor.TabSize),
|
||
the type (boolean, 3-state, integer, string), and the value (for the integer type, hexadecimal and symbolic representations additionally displayed).
|
||
If current value of an option is other than the default, the option is marked with the ‘*’ character to the left of the name.
|
||
|
||
Besides the list navigation keys, the following key combinations are supported:
|
||
|
||
#Enter# or #F4#
|
||
Toggle or edit the value.
|
||
|
||
#Shift+F4#
|
||
Edit the integer value as a hexadecimal number. For other types works as #F4#.
|
||
|
||
#Alt+F4#
|
||
Edit the integer value as a binary number. For other types works as #F4#.
|
||
|
||
#Del#
|
||
Reset the option to its default value.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+H#
|
||
Toggle display of unchanged options.
|
||
|
||
#Shift+F1#
|
||
Show the help for the current option, if available.
|
||
|
||
#Ctrl+Alt+F#
|
||
Toggle quick filtering mode.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Codepages.NoAutoDetectCP
|
||
$ #far:config Codepages.NoAutoDetectCP#
|
||
This parameter allows to exclude specific code pages from the heuristic code page detection results.
|
||
Such detection is unreliable by definition: it depends on statistical data and could guess wrong, especially when the amount of input data is small.
|
||
|
||
By default the parameter is empty and there are no restrictions which code pages could be detected heuristically.
|
||
|
||
If this parameter is set to #-1#, only the code pages, currenltly visible in the ~Code pages~@CodePagesMenu@ menu, will be accepted.
|
||
You can control which code pages are visible there with the #Ctrl+H# key combination and the #Favorites# section.
|
||
|
||
If this parameter contains a comma-separated list of code page numbers, all the specified code pages will be excluded from the heuristic detection.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Help.ActivateURL
|
||
$ #far:config Help.ActivateURL#
|
||
This numeric parameter controls whether Far will open (activate) URL
|
||
links in help files:
|
||
|
||
0 - ^<wrap>URL links are not opened;
|
||
1 - URL links are opened;
|
||
2 - URL links are opened after user’s confirmation.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 1 (links are opened).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Confirmations.EscTwiceToInterrupt
|
||
$ #far:config Confirmations.EscTwiceToInterrupt#
|
||
This Boolean parameter controls the behavior of #Esc# key in the
|
||
confirmation dialog for canceling an operation.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>#Esc# key closes the dialog and continues the operation;
|
||
True - #Esc# key closes the dialog and cancels the operation.
|
||
|
||
Default value: False (close the dialog and continue operation).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.AllCtrlAltShiftRule
|
||
$ #far:config System.AllCtrlAltShiftRule#
|
||
This numeric parameter controls which user interface objects can be
|
||
temporarily hidden with #Ctrl+Alt+Shift# key combination. Each bit
|
||
corresponds to a certain object type.
|
||
|
||
Bit numbers:
|
||
0 - Panels;
|
||
1 - Editor;
|
||
2 - Viewer;
|
||
3 - Help window;
|
||
4 - Dialogs and menus.
|
||
|
||
If a bit is set, objects of the corresponding type can be hidden.
|
||
|
||
By default, all objects can be hidden.
|
||
|
||
See also ~System.CASRule~@System.CASRule@.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.CASRule
|
||
$ #far:config System.CASRule#
|
||
This numeric parameter allows to disable #Ctrl+Alt+Shift# key
|
||
combination for temporary hiding user interface objects. Individual
|
||
bits control the behavior of left and right key combinations.
|
||
|
||
Bit numbers:
|
||
0 - Left #Ctrl+Alt+Shift# key combination;
|
||
1 - Right #Ctrl+Alt+Shift# key combination.
|
||
|
||
If a bit is set, corresponding key combination hides interface objects.
|
||
|
||
By default, both key combinations are enabled.
|
||
|
||
See also ~System.AllCtrlAltShiftRule~@System.AllCtrlAltShiftRule@.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Panel.ShellRightLeftArrowsRule
|
||
$ #far:config Panel.ShellRightLeftArrowsRule#
|
||
This Boolean parameter controls the behavior of left and right arrow
|
||
keys, both on main keyboard and numeric keypad.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>As in Far 1.70. If command line is not empty, the
|
||
behavior of #Left#, #Right#, #Numpad4#, and #Numpad6# keys depends
|
||
on the ~panel view mode~@PanelViewModes@.
|
||
- ^<wrap>If file names are displayed in multiple stripes (panel
|
||
modes 2 and 3 by default), then the keys move panel cursor, just like
|
||
with empty command line.
|
||
- ^<wrap>If file names are displayed in a single stripe (all
|
||
other panel modes by default), the keys control the command line caret.
|
||
True - ^<wrap>When the panel is on, the #Left#, #Right#, #Numpad4#,
|
||
and #Numpad6# keys always move panel cursor, even if the command line
|
||
is not empty. The behavior does not depend on the current panel mode.
|
||
|
||
Note: The #Ctrl+D# and #Ctrl+S# keys always move command line caret.
|
||
|
||
Default value: False (traditional behavior).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Panel.Layout.ScrollbarMenu
|
||
$ #far:config Panel.Layout.ScrollbarMenu#
|
||
This Boolean parameter enables menu scrollbar when there are more menu
|
||
items than can fit vertically.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>Never show menu scrollbar;
|
||
True - Show menu scrollbar if needed.
|
||
|
||
Default value: True (show menu scrollbar if needed).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Panel.CtrlFRule
|
||
$ #far:config Panel.CtrlFRule#
|
||
This Boolean parameter controls the behavior of #Ctrl+F# key
|
||
combination in the ~command line~@CmdLineCmd@.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>The file name is inserted into the command line as it is
|
||
recorded in the file system;
|
||
True - The file name is inserted as it appears on the file panel,
|
||
possibly in lowercase or using the short name.
|
||
|
||
Default value: False (insert as is).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Panel.CtrlAltShiftRule
|
||
$ #far:config Panel.CtrlAltShiftRule#
|
||
This numeric parameter controls the behavior of #Ctrl+Alt+Shift# key
|
||
combination for temporary hiding file panels.
|
||
|
||
0 - ^<wrap>Hide panels only (like #Ctrl+O# key combination);
|
||
1 - Hide panels and command line;
|
||
2 - Hide panels, command line, and functional key bar at the bottom
|
||
line.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 0 (hide panels only).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Panel.RightClickRule
|
||
$ #far:config Panel.RightClickRule#
|
||
This numeric parameter controls the behavior of #right mouse click#
|
||
on an empty stripe of file panel.
|
||
|
||
0 - ^<wrap>Move panel cursor to the last file in the previous stripe
|
||
and select the file;
|
||
1 - Move panel cursor to the last file in the previous stripe without
|
||
selecting the file (like the #left mouse click#);
|
||
2 - Do not move panel cursor or select any file.
|
||
|
||
Note: If the stripe is not empty the last file is always selected.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 2 (do nothing).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.ExcludeCmdHistory
|
||
$ #far:config System.ExcludeCmdHistory#
|
||
This numeric parameter suppresses saving commands of certain categories
|
||
to the history. If a bit in the parameter’s value is set, commands
|
||
of the corresponding category will not be saved.
|
||
|
||
Bit numbers and corresponding command categories:
|
||
0 - ^<wrap>Windows file type associations;
|
||
1 - Far ~file associations~@FileAssoc@;
|
||
2 - Executable files under cursor on ~file panel~@FuncCmd@;
|
||
3 - Commands entered on ~command line~@CmdLineCmd@.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 0 (save commands of all categories).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.Executor.RestoreCP
|
||
$ #far:config System.Executor.RestoreCP#
|
||
This Boolean parameter controls whether Far will restore console code
|
||
page after the execution of an external program has completed. Some
|
||
programs change console code page during execution and do not restore
|
||
it before exiting. Use this parameter to compensate for this behavior.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>Leave it as is; do not restore console code page;
|
||
True - Restore console code page after an external program exited.
|
||
|
||
Default value: True (restore console code page).
|
||
|
||
See also #CHCP# ~Operating system~@OSCommands@ command.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.Executor.ExcludeCmds
|
||
$ #far:config System.Executor.ExcludeCmds#
|
||
This string parameter defines commands which will be directly passed
|
||
for execution to the operating system command processor (specified
|
||
by the #ComSpec# environment variable), without searching the current
|
||
directory, directories listed on the #PATH# environment variable,
|
||
or any other predefined places.
|
||
|
||
The commands are separated by semicolon (#;#). Environment variables
|
||
surrounded by the percent sign (#%#) will be substituted.
|
||
|
||
For example, if the value of this parameter is “DATE;ECHO” and “date”
|
||
is entered on the command line, the internal command processor’s #DATE#
|
||
command will be executed. To execute an external program “date.exe”,
|
||
type the file name verbatim, including extension. However, if “DATE”
|
||
is not listed in this parameter and the program “date.exe” exists
|
||
in one of the #PATH# directories, the internal command processor’s
|
||
command can never be executed.
|
||
|
||
Ready-made settings for CMD.EXE, COMMAND.COM, and other well-known
|
||
command processors can be found in the
|
||
#Addons\SetUp\Executor.*.farconfig# files.
|
||
|
||
Note: Far executes some ~operating system~@OSCommands@ commands
|
||
internally, without invoking operating system command processor. These
|
||
commands are not included in #Executor.*.farconfig# files. Some other
|
||
OS commands Far executes with the limited functionality. If the syntax
|
||
does not match exactly that specified in the
|
||
~Operating system commands~@OSCommands@ help topic, the command will
|
||
be passed for execution to the command processor.
|
||
|
||
Default value: empty string #""#.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.Executor.ComspecArguments
|
||
$ #far:config System.Executor.ComspecArguments#
|
||
This string parameter defines the arguments which Far will use to
|
||
invoke the operating system command processor (specified by the
|
||
#ComSpec# environment variable).
|
||
|
||
The #{0}# placeholder will be replaced with the text of the command.
|
||
This parameter is handy with non-standard command processors requiring
|
||
unusual command line options or quoting.
|
||
|
||
Default value: #/S /C "{0}"# (compatible with CMD.EXE).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Interface.FormatNumberSeparators
|
||
$ #far:config Interface.FormatNumberSeparators#
|
||
This string parameter allows to override digit grouping symbol and
|
||
decimal symbol in OS regional settings.
|
||
|
||
First symbol - ^<wrap>digit grouping symbol;
|
||
Second symbol - decimal separator symbol.
|
||
|
||
Default value: empty string #""# (use OS regional settings).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.CmdHistoryRule
|
||
$ #far:config System.CmdHistoryRule#
|
||
This Boolean parameter defines whether the current position
|
||
in ~commands history~@History@ will change if #Esc# is pressed after
|
||
#Ctrl+E# or #Ctrl+X# key combinations.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>The current command in the history will remain the one
|
||
recalled with #Ctrl+E# / #Ctrl+X#.
|
||
True - The current command in the history will be reset to the latest
|
||
(newest) command.
|
||
|
||
Note: The order of the commands in the history does not change in any
|
||
case.
|
||
|
||
Default value: False (change the current position in the commands
|
||
history).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.ConsoleDetachKey
|
||
$ #far:config System.ConsoleDetachKey#
|
||
This string parameter specifies key combination to detach Far console
|
||
from a non-interactive process running in it.
|
||
|
||
If a long-running process is using Far console, press this key
|
||
combination to create a new Far console where Far will continue running
|
||
as if the process has already ended, while leaving the old console
|
||
to the process.
|
||
|
||
This feature can come handy if, for example, an archiver process
|
||
started from the Far command line is taking more time than you
|
||
expected, and you want to continue editing a file opened in background
|
||
Editor, or simply do not want to launch a new Far instance.
|
||
|
||
Default value: #"CtrlShiftTab"# (the #Ctrl+Shift+Tab# key combination
|
||
detaches Far console).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.QuotedSymbols
|
||
$ #far:config System.QuotedSymbols#
|
||
This string parameter defines special characters that require quoting
|
||
of file and folder names. If a name contains one of these characters,
|
||
Far will surround it with double quotes when inserting into the command
|
||
line or editor, or copying to the clipboard.
|
||
|
||
Default value: #" &()[]{}^=;!'+,` "#. The first symbol is
|
||
~Space (U+0020)~@https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Space_(punctuation)@;
|
||
the last symbol is ~Non-breaking space (U+00A0)~@https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Non-breaking_space@.
|
||
|
||
See also ~System.QuotedName~@System.QuotedName@.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.QuotedName
|
||
$ #far:config System.QuotedName#
|
||
This numeric parameter controls whether Far will surround with double
|
||
quotes file and folder names containing special characters (see
|
||
~System.QuotedSymbols~@System.QuotedSymbols@ parameter). Individual
|
||
bits control the behavior in different contexts.
|
||
|
||
Bit numbers:
|
||
0 - ^<wrap>Quote names when inserting into the command line or editor;
|
||
1 - Quote names when copying to the clipboard.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 1 (quote when inserting into the command line or editor).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Interface.AltF9
|
||
$ #far:config Interface.AltF9#
|
||
This Boolean parameter controls the behavior of the #Alt+F9# key
|
||
combination (toggle the size of the Far console window).
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>Toggle Far window height between 25 and 50 lines; set
|
||
window width to 80 columns;
|
||
True - Maximize Far window or restore it to normal size.
|
||
|
||
Default value: True (maximize / restore).
|
||
|
||
Note: This parameter affects the behavior only in windowed mode.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Dialog.CBoxMaxHeight
|
||
$ #far:config Dialog.CBoxMaxHeight#
|
||
This numeric parameter specifies the maximum height of history list
|
||
in dialogs.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 8.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Editor.UndoDataSize
|
||
$ #far:config Editor.UndoDataSize#
|
||
This numeric parameter limits the size of undo memory buffer in Editor.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 104857600 (100MB).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Editor.CharCodeBase
|
||
$ #far:config Editor.CharCodeBase#
|
||
This numeric parameter defines how the code of the character under the
|
||
cursor is represented on Editor’s status line.
|
||
|
||
0 - Octal value (6 digits with the leading zero);
|
||
1 - Decimal value (up to 5 digits);
|
||
2 - Hexadecimal value (4 digits followed by the character ‘h’).
|
||
|
||
Default value: 1 (decimal).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Editor.BSLikeDel
|
||
$ #far:config Editor.BSLikeDel#
|
||
This Boolean parameter defines the behavior of the #BackSpace# key when
|
||
a vertical block is selected in Editor.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>Deletes the character to the left of the cursor; keeps
|
||
the (vertical) selection;
|
||
True - Deletes the selected vertical block, like the #Del# key does.
|
||
|
||
Default value: True (deletes the selection).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Editor.AllowEmptySpaceAfterEof
|
||
$ #far:config Editor.AllowEmptySpaceAfterEof#
|
||
This Boolean parameter defines whether scrolling down in Editor (e.g.,
|
||
with the #Ctrl+Down# key combination) can leave empty space at the
|
||
bottom of the window.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>Stop scrolling when the last line of the file appears
|
||
at the bottom of the window;
|
||
True - Continue scrolling until the last line of the file reaches the
|
||
cursor leaving empty space under the cursor.
|
||
|
||
Default value: False (stop scrolling).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Interface.RedrawTimeout
|
||
$ #far:config Interface.RedrawTimeout#
|
||
This numeric parameter specifies the refresh time (in milliseconds)
|
||
of the progress dialog displayed during various long-running
|
||
operations, such as copying, moving, deleting and searching files and
|
||
folders, applying access rights after moving files and folders,
|
||
scanning the file system.
|
||
|
||
The larger the value, the less frequently the information about the
|
||
operation is displayed, the faster the operation itself is performed.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 200 ms.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@TitleFormat
|
||
$ #far:config Interface.ViewerTitleFormat, Interface.EditorTitleFormat#
|
||
These string parameters define console window title for
|
||
~Editor~@Editor@ and ~Viewer~@Viewer@.
|
||
|
||
Macro #%File# is expanded to the name of the file being edited
|
||
or viewed.
|
||
|
||
Macro #%Lng# is replaced with the word “edit” or “view” in the current
|
||
language, see ~Options menu~@OptMenu@.
|
||
|
||
The #Far window title addons# string of the
|
||
~Interface settings~@InterfSettings@ will be automatically appended
|
||
to the console window title.
|
||
|
||
Default value: #"%Lng %File"#.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.WipeSymbol
|
||
$ #far:config System.WipeSymbol#
|
||
This numeric parameter defines the filler byte for the
|
||
~wipe file~@DeleteFile@ operation (#Alt+Del# key combination).
|
||
|
||
Each byte of the file is overwritten with the least significant byte
|
||
of the parameter. If the parameter is set to #-1#, random values will
|
||
be used.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 0.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.ShowCheckingFile
|
||
$ #far:config System.ShowCheckingFile#
|
||
This Boolean parameter controls whether plugin’s name is displayed
|
||
in the console window title while the plugin is checking a file.
|
||
|
||
When the user presses #Enter# or #Ctrl+PgDn#, Far invokes registered
|
||
plugins one by one to check if they can “open” or otherwise render the
|
||
file. If this parameter is True, Far will show plugin’s name in the
|
||
console window title while the plugin is checking the file.
|
||
|
||
Default value: False (do not show plugins’ names).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.PluginMaxReadData
|
||
$ #far:config System.PluginMaxReadData#
|
||
This numeric parameter defines the maximum amount of file data used
|
||
to find the plugin which supports the file.
|
||
|
||
When the user presses #Enter# or #Ctrl+PgDn#, Far reads the number
|
||
of bytes specified by this parameter from the beginning of the file and
|
||
passes the data to registered plugins to check if they can “open”
|
||
or otherwise render the file.
|
||
|
||
Minimum value is 131072 (128 KiB). The maximum is limited only by the
|
||
size of the logical address space (2^32 - 1 or 2^64 – 1).
|
||
|
||
Setting the value of this parameter above 5 MiB is not recommended.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 131072 (0x20000).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.SetAttrFolderRules
|
||
$ #far:config System.SetAttrFolderRules#
|
||
This Boolean parameter defines the default value of the
|
||
#Process subfolders# option of the file ~Attributes~@FileAttrDlg@ dialog
|
||
when changing attributes of a single directory.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>The #Process subfolders# option is on; date and time
|
||
fields are cleared.
|
||
True - The #Process subfolders# option is off; date and time fields
|
||
are set to the actual values.
|
||
|
||
Default value: True (do not process subfolders).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.CopyBufferSize
|
||
$ #far:config System.CopyBufferSize#
|
||
This numeric parameter defines the size of the buffer used by the
|
||
internal file copy routine (see #Use system copy routine# option of the
|
||
~System settings~@SystemSettings@ dialog).
|
||
|
||
If the value of this parameter is zero, the default buffer size
|
||
of 32768 bytes is used.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 0 (buffer size is 32768 bytes).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.SubstNameRule
|
||
$ #far:config System.SubstNameRule#
|
||
This numeric parameter specifies the types of physical drives which
|
||
will be queried when Far detects drives assigned using #SUBST# command.
|
||
|
||
Far attempts to detect if a drive was substituted to display
|
||
appropriate information on the ~Change drive~@DriveDlg@ menu and
|
||
~Info panel~@InfoPanel@, as well as in some other cases.
|
||
|
||
Bit numbers:
|
||
0 - Query removable drives;
|
||
1 - Query drives of all other types.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 2 (query all non-removable drives). For example,
|
||
if a drive is associated with a CD-ROM path, it will not be detected
|
||
as substituted.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.SubstPluginPrefix
|
||
$ #far:config System.SubstPluginPrefix#
|
||
This Boolean parameter controls whether Far prepends plugin prefix
|
||
to the path to plugin panel’s object when inserting the path into the
|
||
command line (#Ctrl+F#, #Ctrl+[#, etc.) or copying it to the clipboard
|
||
(#Alt+Shift+Ins#, #Ctrl+Alt+Ins#).
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>Do not prepend plugin prefix to the path to an object
|
||
on plugin panel.
|
||
True - Prepend plugin prefix except when the plugin manages real
|
||
files, like #Temporary panel# does.
|
||
|
||
Default value: False (do not prepend plugin prefix).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.CopySecurityOptions
|
||
$ #far:config System.CopySecurityOptions#
|
||
This numeric parameter controls the initial state of the
|
||
#Access rights# option in the ~Copy / Move~@CopyFiles@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
The #Access rights# option specifies the access rights assigned
|
||
to newly created files and folders and can be one of:
|
||
|
||
#Default# - ^<wrap>Access rights are controlled by the operating system;
|
||
#Copy# - Copy access rights of the source objects;
|
||
#Inherit# - Inherit access rights of the parent folder.
|
||
|
||
The initial state of the #Access rights# option when the dialog
|
||
is opened is controlled by three bits of the
|
||
#System.CopySecurityOptions# parameter. Bits 0, 1, and 2 control the
|
||
state of the option in the Move dialog; bits 3, 4, and 5 -- in the Copy
|
||
dialog.
|
||
|
||
@=
|
||
Copy Move ^<wrap>Initial state of the #Access rights#
|
||
Dialog Dialog option when the dialog is opened
|
||
@=
|
||
Bit 0 Bit 3 0 - ^<wrap>#Default# (bits 1 / 4 are ignored)
|
||
1 - controlled by bits 1 / 4
|
||
|
||
Bit 1 Bit 4 0 - ^<wrap>#Copy# (if bit 0 / 3 is set to 1)
|
||
1 - #Inherit# (if bit 0 / 3 is set to 1)
|
||
|
||
Bit 2 Bit 5 0 - ^<wrap>Defined by bits 0 and 1 / 3 and 4 of this parameter
|
||
1 - The last user’s choice (within the current Far session)
|
||
|
||
Default value: 0 (when the dialog is opened, the #Access rights# option
|
||
is always set to #Default#; user’s choices are not remembered).
|
||
|
||
Examples:
|
||
|
||
#0x21# (binary 100'001)
|
||
|
||
- ^<wrap>In the Move dialog, the #Access rights# option is always set
|
||
to #Copy#.
|
||
- In the Copy dialog, the option is initially set to #Default#; then
|
||
the previous user’s choice is remembered (within the current Far
|
||
session).
|
||
|
||
#0x1C# (binary 011'100)
|
||
|
||
- ^<wrap>In the Move dialog, the #Access rights# option is initially
|
||
set to #Default#; then the previous user’s choice is remembered (within
|
||
the current Far session).
|
||
- In the Copy dialog, the option is always set to #Inherit#.
|
||
|
||
Note: The #System.CopySecurityOptions# parameter does not affect
|
||
creation of links (#Alt+F6#). In this case access rights are always
|
||
copied.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Interface.CursorSize
|
||
$ #far:config Interface.CursorSizeX#
|
||
These numeric parameters control cursor size in Far console window.
|
||
Cursor size can be set separately for insert and override mode, as well
|
||
as for windowed and fullscreen mode.
|
||
|
||
@-
|
||
┌──────────╥───────────────────────┬───────────────────────┐
|
||
│ Mode ║ Windowed │ Fullscreen │
|
||
╞══════════╬═══════════════════════╪═══════════════════════╡
|
||
│ Insert ║ Interface.CursorSize1 │ Interface.CursorSize2 │
|
||
├──────────╫───────────────────────┼───────────────────────┤
|
||
│ Override ║ Interface.CursorSize3 │ Interface.CursorSize4 │
|
||
└──────────╨───────────────────────┴───────────────────────┘
|
||
@+
|
||
|
||
The parameters specify the fraction of the character cell in percents
|
||
filled by the cursor. Parameters’ values may vary from 1 to 100
|
||
corresponding to the cursor changing from the single horizontal line
|
||
at the bottom of the cell to the solid block filling the entire cell.
|
||
If parameter’s value is zero, the system console setting is used.
|
||
|
||
Default values:
|
||
Interface.CursorSize1: 15
|
||
Interface.CursorSize2: 10
|
||
Interface.CursorSize3: 99
|
||
Interface.CursorSize4: 99
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.WordDiv
|
||
$ #far:config System.WordDiv#
|
||
This string parameter defines additional word delimiters besides
|
||
#Space# and #Tab#.
|
||
|
||
Default value: #~~!%^&*()+|{}:"<>?`-=\\[];',./#
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@XLat.WordDivForXlat
|
||
$ #far:config XLat.WordDivForXlat#
|
||
This string parameter defines word delimiters for transliteration
|
||
(#XLat# function) of the current word without selecting it.
|
||
|
||
Default value: #Space#, #Tab# and characters #!##$%^&*()+|=\\/@?#.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Editor.ReadOnlyLock
|
||
$ #far:config Editor.ReadOnlyLock#
|
||
This numeric parameter controls the behavior of the Editor when opening
|
||
files with #Read-only#, #Hidden# or #System# attributes.
|
||
|
||
Bit numbers:
|
||
0 - ^<wrap>Lock down editing of read-only files;
|
||
1 - Warn when opening read-only files;
|
||
2 - Unused;
|
||
3 - Unused;
|
||
4 - Unused;
|
||
5 - Also, apply the behavior defined by bits 0 and 1 to hidden files;
|
||
6 - Also, apply the behavior defined by bits 0 and 1 to system files.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 0 (allow editing of any files without warnings).
|
||
|
||
For example, if this parameter is set to #0x43# (binary 0100'0011),
|
||
warning will be shown when opening read-only and system files; editing
|
||
of such files will be disabled.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@. Bits 0 and
|
||
1 are also controlled by the options #Lock editing of read-only files#
|
||
and #Warn when opening read-only files# of the ~Editor~@EditorSettings@
|
||
settings dialog.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Editor.FileSizeLimit
|
||
$ #far:config Editor.FileSizeLimit#
|
||
This numeric parameter defines file size limit; when exceeded,
|
||
a warning message will be shown before opening the file in Editor.
|
||
|
||
If the value of this parameter is zero, the warning is disabled. The
|
||
limit is defined in bytes.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 0 (file size is not checked, and the warning is never
|
||
displayed).
|
||
|
||
Note: When a file is opened in Editor, its entire content is loaded
|
||
into memory. Thus, opening very large files could be undesirable. The
|
||
warning enabled by this parameter helps to avoid opening of large files
|
||
inadvertently.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.MsWheelDelta
|
||
$ #far:config System.MsWheelDelta* & System.MsHWheelDelta*#
|
||
These numeric parameters define scroll speed when mouse wheel is rolled
|
||
or tilted. Scroll speed can be specified separately for different
|
||
directions and different areas.
|
||
|
||
Roll the wheel one notch to scroll the specified number of lines at
|
||
a time vertically:
|
||
|
||
System.MsWheelDeltaView - ^<wrap>in the internal Viewer
|
||
System.MsWheelDeltaEdit - in the internal Editor
|
||
System.MsWheelDeltaHelp - on help pages
|
||
System.MsWheelDelta - in other areas
|
||
|
||
Tilt the wheel to scroll the specified number of characters at a time
|
||
horizontally (Windows Vista and above):
|
||
|
||
System.MsHWheelDeltaView - ^<wrap>in the internal Viewer
|
||
System.MsHWheelDeltaEdit - in the internal Editor
|
||
System.MsHWheelDelta - in other areas
|
||
|
||
Default value: 1 (for all parameters).
|
||
|
||
Note: Rolling or tilting mouse wheel while holding #Alt# key always
|
||
scrolls one line or character at a time.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@System.CopyTimeRule
|
||
$ #far:config System.CopyTimeRule#
|
||
This numeric parameter specifies whether the progress (speed, time, and
|
||
estimated remaining time) is displayed during file copy operations.
|
||
|
||
Bit numbers:
|
||
0 - ^<wrap>If set, show progress while copying to NUL;
|
||
1 - If set, show progress during regular file copy operations.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 3 (always display progress of file copy operations).
|
||
|
||
Note: Since this feature requires some time to gather statistics, it is
|
||
likely that no progress is displayed for small files if the option
|
||
#Show total copy progress indicator# is turned off in the
|
||
~Interface settings~@InterfSettings@ dialog.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ or by the
|
||
#Show copying time information# option of the
|
||
~Interface settings~@InterfSettings@ dialog. However, only values 0 or
|
||
3 can be set using this option.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Policies.ShowHiddenDrives
|
||
$ #far:config Policies.ShowHiddenDrives#
|
||
This Boolean parameter specifies whether Far honors the
|
||
#Hide these specified drives in My Computer# Windows Group Policy.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>Far shows only drives visible (not hidden) in Windows
|
||
Explorer;
|
||
True - Far shows all drives (ignores the Group Policy).
|
||
|
||
Default value: True (show all drives).
|
||
|
||
Note: The state of this Group Policy is stored in the #NoDrives# value
|
||
of the
|
||
#\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Explorer# key in
|
||
both #HKLM# and #HKCU# hives of Windows Registry. If the NoDrives value
|
||
in HKLM hive is zero (no hidden files on Local Machine), the value
|
||
in HKCU hive is ignored.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Editor.KeepEditorEOL
|
||
$ #far:config Editor.KeepEditorEOL#
|
||
This Boolean parameter controls how line breaks within the text on the
|
||
clipboard are pasted into the edited file.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>Line breaks in the pasted text are preserved. After the
|
||
paste operation, line breaks in the edited file may have different styles.
|
||
True - If the file is not empty, line breaks in the pasted text are
|
||
changed to match the line break style of the edited file. If the file
|
||
is empty, line breaks are not changed; this parameter has no effect.
|
||
|
||
Default value: True (match line break style of the edited file).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Editor.AddUnicodeBOM
|
||
$ #far:config Editor.AddUnicodeBOM#
|
||
This Boolean parameter specifies whether Byte Order Mark (BOM) is added
|
||
at the beginning of the files created by the Editor and saved in
|
||
a UNICODE encoding (UTF-8, UTF-16LE, UTF-16BE).
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>BOM is not added.
|
||
True - BOM is added.
|
||
|
||
Default value: True (BOM is added).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Editor.NewFileUnixEOL
|
||
$ #far:config Editor.NewFileUnixEOL#
|
||
This Boolean parameter specifies line break style in the files created
|
||
by the Editor.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>Files are created with Windows line break style (CR LF).
|
||
True - Files are created with Unix line break style (LF).
|
||
|
||
Default value: False (Windows line break style).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Panel.ShortcutAlwaysChdir
|
||
$ #far:config Panel.ShortcutAlwaysChdir#
|
||
This Boolean parameter controls the behavior of
|
||
~folder shortcuts~@FolderShortcuts@ (#RightCtrl+0…9# key combinations)
|
||
when the panels are hidden.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>Folder shortcuts insert the associated path into the
|
||
command line.
|
||
True - Folder shortcuts change the current folder even if the panels
|
||
are hidden.
|
||
|
||
Default value: False (inset the shortcut path).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Macros.ShowPlayIndicator
|
||
$ #far:config Macros.ShowPlayIndicator#
|
||
This Boolean parameter turns macro playback indicator (symbol ‘\2FP\-’
|
||
at the top left-hand corner of the screen) on or off.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>The indicator is turned off.
|
||
True - The indicator is turned on.
|
||
|
||
Default value: True (the indicator is on).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Viewer.SearchWrapStop
|
||
$ #far:config Viewer.SearchWrapStop#
|
||
This tri-state parameter controls the behavior of the “continue search”
|
||
key combinations in the Viewer (#Shift+F7#, #Space#, #Alt+F7#) when
|
||
search wraps around the beginning or end of the file or passes the
|
||
search starting point.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>Silently wrap around the beginning or end of the file
|
||
or the search starting point.
|
||
True - Show message when wrapping around the beginning or end of the file.
|
||
Other - Show message when passing the search starting point.
|
||
|
||
Default value: True (silently wrap around).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@XLat.Layouts
|
||
$ #far:config XLat.Layouts#
|
||
This string parameter defines the input locales (keyboard layouts)
|
||
which Far will cycle through. If this parameter is specified, system
|
||
input locales will be ignored.
|
||
|
||
This parameter contains semicolon (#;#) separated list of hexadecimal
|
||
input locale identifiers. For example, value #0409;0419# (or
|
||
#04090409;04190419#) can be used to switch between input locales
|
||
“en-US” and “ru-RU”.
|
||
|
||
If less than two input locale identifiers are specified, Far will use
|
||
input locales installed in the system.
|
||
|
||
Only first 10 locales are used, the rest of the list is ignored.
|
||
|
||
Default value: empty string (use system input locales).
|
||
|
||
See also Addons\XLat\Russian\Qwerty.farconfig.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@XLat.Flags
|
||
$ #far:config XLat.Flags#
|
||
This numeric parameter controls the behavior of Far API function XLat
|
||
(string transcoding based on keyboard layout).
|
||
|
||
Bit numbers:
|
||
0 - ^<wrap>Automatically switch keyboard layout after transcoding
|
||
operation. Far cycles through all system keyboard layouts or layouts
|
||
defined in ~XLat.Layouts~@XLat.Layouts@ config parameter.
|
||
1 - Sound beep after switching keyboard layout.
|
||
2 - When a character could not be transcoded using
|
||
~XLat.Tables~@XLat.Tables@, Far will attempt to apply special
|
||
~XLat.Rules~@XLat.Rules@. If this bit is set and there is a named rule
|
||
corresponding to the current keyboard layout, this rule will be used;
|
||
otherwise, one of the three numbered rules will be used.
|
||
16 - Transcode the entire command line if nothing is selected.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 0x00010001 (switch keyboard layout and transcode the
|
||
entire command line if no selection).
|
||
|
||
See also Addons\XLat\Russian\Qwerty.farconfig.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@XLat.Tables
|
||
$ #far:config XLat.Tables#
|
||
These string parameters define two-way transcoding table which is used
|
||
by Far API function XLat (string transcoding based on keyboard layout).
|
||
|
||
#XLat.Table1# ^<wrap>is the list of characters from the national
|
||
alphabet which will be replaced with their Latin counterparts defined
|
||
in #XLat.Table2#.
|
||
#XLat.Table2# is the list of Latin characters which will be replaced
|
||
with their national counterparts defined in #XLat.Table1#.
|
||
|
||
Default value: empty string (transcoding table is not defined).
|
||
|
||
If a character cannot be transcoded using the table, Far will attempt
|
||
to apply special ~XLat.Rules~@XLat.Rules@.
|
||
|
||
See also Addons\XLat\Russian\Qwerty.farconfig.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@XLat.Rules
|
||
$ #far:config XLat.Rules#
|
||
These string parameters define special transcoding rules used by Far
|
||
API function XLat (string transcoding based on keyboard layout).
|
||
|
||
Far will attempt to apply special rules if a character could not be
|
||
transcoded using the ~XLat.Tables~@XLat.Tables@.
|
||
|
||
Each rule contains the sequence of character pairs. If a character
|
||
in the transcoded string matches the first character in the pair,
|
||
it will be replaced with the second character in the pair.
|
||
|
||
One of the three numbered rules is used if the bit 2 (0x04)
|
||
in ~XLat.Flags~@XLat.Flags@ is zero or there is no named rule
|
||
corresponding to the current keyboard layout.
|
||
|
||
#XLat.Rules1# ^<wrap>is applied if the previous character in the
|
||
transcoded string is from the national alphabet.
|
||
#XLat.Rules2# is applied if the previous character in the transcoded
|
||
string is a Latin character.
|
||
#XLat.Rules3# is applied if the previous character in the transcoded
|
||
string is neither from the national alphabet, nor a Latin character.
|
||
|
||
A named special rule is applied if the bit 2 (0x04)
|
||
in ~XLat.Flags~@XLat.Flags@ is set to one. Far uses hexadecimal value
|
||
of the current input locale identifier (keyboard layout) to find the
|
||
corresponding rule. For example, if current keyboard layout is “en-US”,
|
||
Far will look up the rule named #XLat.00000409# and use it if it
|
||
exists. Otherwise, Far will fall back to the numbered rules.
|
||
|
||
Default value: empty string for all rules (special rules are not
|
||
defined).
|
||
|
||
See also Addons\XLat\Russian\Qwerty.farconfig.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Interface.DelHighlightSelected
|
||
$ #far:config Interface.DelHighlightSelected#
|
||
This Boolean parameter controls how the items which will be deleted are
|
||
displayed in the file / folder #Delete# confirmation dialog.
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>The items to be deleted are always displayed in plain
|
||
text, without highlighting.
|
||
True - If more than one item is to be deleted or the deleted item
|
||
is not the item under cursor, the deleted item(s) will be highlighted
|
||
in the dialog.
|
||
|
||
Default value: True (highlight the list if it does not match the item
|
||
under cursor).
|
||
|
||
Note: This parameter does not affect which items will be deleted;
|
||
it only controls how the deleted items are shown in the dialog.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Interface.DelShowSelected
|
||
$ #far:config Interface.DelShowSelected#
|
||
This numeric parameter controls the number of items which are displayed
|
||
in the file / folder #Delete# confirmation dialog.
|
||
|
||
The maximum number of displayed items is either this parameter’s value
|
||
or half of Far window height, whichever is less. The minimum number
|
||
of items is one.
|
||
|
||
Default value: 10.
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@History.Config
|
||
$ #far:config History.*#
|
||
These parameters limit the number and the lifetime of the items of the
|
||
following histories:
|
||
|
||
- History of command line ~commands~@History@:
|
||
#History.CommandHistory.Count#
|
||
#History.CommandHistory.Lifetime#
|
||
|
||
- History of entries in dialog edit controls:
|
||
#History.DialogHistory.Count#
|
||
#History.DialogHistory.Lifetime#
|
||
|
||
- History of recently ~visited folders~@HistoryFolders@:
|
||
#History.FolderHistory.Count#
|
||
#History.FolderHistory.Lifetime#
|
||
|
||
- History of recently ~viewed and edited files~@HistoryViews@:
|
||
#History.ViewEditHistory.Count#
|
||
#History.ViewEditHistory.Lifetime#
|
||
|
||
Default values:
|
||
- Maximum history size (*.Count): 1000 items
|
||
- Lifetime of an item (*.Lifetime): 90 days
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Editor.F8CPs
|
||
$ #far:config Editor.F8CPs#
|
||
$ #far:config Viewer.F8CPs#
|
||
These string parameters define code pages which are cycled through when
|
||
#F8# key is pressed in ~Editor~@Editor@ or ~Viewer~@Viewer@.
|
||
|
||
The value of each parameter is a list of code page numbers or symbolic
|
||
names listed below. Symbolic names are case insensitive. Duplicated
|
||
code pages, as well as unsupported code pages, are ignored.
|
||
|
||
- #ANSI# ^<wrap>variants #ACP#, #WIN#
|
||
- #OEM# variants #OEMCP#, #DOS#
|
||
- #UTF8# variant #UTF-8#
|
||
- #DEFAULT# stands for the default code page defined in
|
||
~Editor~@EditorSettings@ or ~Viewer~@ViewerSettings@ settings dialog.
|
||
|
||
If the string is empty or does not contain any supported code pages,
|
||
ANSI and OEM code pages are used.
|
||
|
||
Special parameter value of #-1# stands for #ANSI;OEM;Default#.
|
||
|
||
Example: #ANSI,OEM,65001#.
|
||
|
||
Default value: empty string (ANSI and OEM code pages).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Panel.Tree.TurnOffCompletely
|
||
$ #far:config Panel.Tree.TurnOffCompletely#
|
||
This Boolean parameter enables or disables all folder tree operations:
|
||
|
||
- ^<wrap>~Tree panel~@TreePanel@ mode in
|
||
~left and right menus~@LeftRightMenu@;
|
||
- The toggle tree panel shortcut key (#Ctrl+T#);
|
||
- ~Find folder~@FindFolder@ panel command (#Alt+F10#);
|
||
- Folder tree operations in ~copy, move and rename~@CopyFiles@
|
||
dialog (#F10#, #Alt+F10#, and #Shift+F10#).
|
||
|
||
False - ^<wrap>Folder tree operations are #enabled#.
|
||
True - All folder tree operations are #disabled#.
|
||
|
||
Note: If folder tree operations are disabled, folder tree cache files,
|
||
even if already exist, are not updated when folders are created,
|
||
deleted, or renamed.
|
||
|
||
Default value: True (all folder tree operations are disabled).
|
||
|
||
This parameter can be changed via ~far:config~@FarConfig@ only.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@Index
|
||
$ #Index help file#
|
||
~Manažér súborov a archívov~@Contents@
|
||
|
||
~256 Color Picker~@ColorPicker256@
|
||
|
||
~Ako používať nápovedu~@Help@
|
||
~Atribúty súborov~@FileAttrDlg@
|
||
~Autodetect code pages~@CodePageAuto@
|
||
|
||
~Change Drive Menu Options~@ChangeDriveMode@
|
||
~Code pages menu~@CodePagesMenu@
|
||
~Color Picker~@ColorPicker@
|
||
~Color groups~@ColorGroups@
|
||
~Command line prompt format~@CommandPrompt@
|
||
~Commands menu~@CmdMenu@
|
||
~Configuration editor~@FarConfig@
|
||
~Copying: confirmation dialog~@CopyAskOverwrite@
|
||
~Copying: rules~@CopyRule@
|
||
|
||
~Deleting and wiping files and folders~@DeleteFile@
|
||
~Disconnect network drive~@DisconnectDrive@
|
||
|
||
~Editor: All matching entries menu~@FindAllMenu@
|
||
~Editor: Open/Create file~@FileOpenCreate@
|
||
~Editor: Replace mode - Preserve style~@PreserveStyle@
|
||
~Editor: go to specified line and character~@EditorGotoPos@
|
||
~Editor: reloading a file~@EditorReload@
|
||
~Editor: save file as…~@FileSaveAs@
|
||
~Editor: search/replace~@EditorSearch@
|
||
~Editor~@Editor@
|
||
~Environment variables~@FAREnv@
|
||
|
||
~Far: License~@License@
|
||
~Fast find in panels~@FastFind@
|
||
~File associations~@FileAssoc@
|
||
~Files highlighting and sort groups: control keys~@HighlightList@
|
||
~Files highlighting and sort groups~@Highlight@
|
||
~Filters menu~@FiltersMenu@
|
||
~Filter~@Filter@
|
||
~Find file advanced options~@FindFileAdvanced@
|
||
~Find file: control keys~@FindFileResult@
|
||
~Folder descriptions~@FolderDiz@
|
||
|
||
~Groups of file masks~@MaskGroupsSettings@
|
||
|
||
~Hard and Symbolic link~@HardSymLink@
|
||
~History: file view and edit~@HistoryViews@
|
||
~History: folders~@HistoryFolders@
|
||
~História~@History@
|
||
~Hotplug devices list~@HotPlugList@
|
||
|
||
~InfoPanel display modes~@InfoPanelShowMode@
|
||
~InfoPanel settings~@InfoPanelSettings@
|
||
~Informačný panel~@InfoPanel@
|
||
|
||
~Klávesové skratky~@KeyRef@
|
||
~Kopírovanie, presúvanie, premenovávanie a vytváranie linkov~@CopyFiles@
|
||
|
||
~Macro command: areas of execution~@KeyMacroArea@
|
||
~Macro command: deleting a macro command~@KeyMacroDelete@
|
||
~Macro command: hotkeys~@KeyMacroAssign@
|
||
~Macro command: recording and playing-back~@KeyMacroRecPlay@
|
||
~Macro command: settings~@KeyMacroSetting@
|
||
~Macro commands~@KeyMacro@
|
||
~Macros: Autocompletion in dialogs~@KeyMacroDialogAutoCompletionList@
|
||
~Macros: Autocompletion in panels~@KeyMacroShellAutoCompletionList@
|
||
~Macros: Change Drive menu~@KeyMacroDisksList@
|
||
~Macros: Common macros~@KeyMacroCommonList@
|
||
~Macros: Dialogs~@KeyMacroDialogList@
|
||
~Macros: Editor~@KeyMacroEditList@
|
||
~Macros: Fast Find in panels~@KeyMacroSearchList@
|
||
~Macros: File panels~@KeyMacroShellList@
|
||
~Macros: Find Folder~@KeyMacroFindFolderList@
|
||
~Macros: Help window~@KeyMacroHelpList@
|
||
~Macros: Info Panel~@KeyMacroInfoList@
|
||
~Macros: Main Menu~@KeyMacroMainMenuList@
|
||
~Macros: Other areas~@KeyMacroOtherList@
|
||
~Macros: Other menus~@KeyMacroMenuList@
|
||
~Macros: Quick View panel~@KeyMacroQViewList@
|
||
~Macros: The list of installed macros~@KeyMacroList@
|
||
~Macros: Tree Panel~@KeyMacroTreeList@
|
||
~Macros: User Menu~@KeyMacroUserMenuList@
|
||
~Macros: Viewer~@KeyMacroViewerList@
|
||
~Make folder~@MakeFolder@
|
||
~Masky súborov~@FileMasks@
|
||
~Menu Nastavenia~@OptMenu@
|
||
~Menu Súbory~@FilesMenu@
|
||
~Menu control commands~@MenuCmd@
|
||
~Menu settings~@VMenuSettings@
|
||
~Menu Ľavý a Pravý~@LeftRightMenu@
|
||
~Menu~@Menus@
|
||
~Mouse: wheel support~@MsWheel@
|
||
|
||
~Nastavenia panelov~@PanelSettings@
|
||
~Nastavenia prostredia~@InterfSettings@
|
||
~Nastavenia systému~@SystemSettings@
|
||
~Nastavenie editora~@EditorSettings@
|
||
~Nastavenie prezerača~@ViewerSettings@
|
||
~Nájdi súbor~@FindFile@
|
||
|
||
~O programe Far~@About@
|
||
~Operating system commands~@OSCommands@
|
||
~Ostatné~@MiscCmd@
|
||
~Overview of plugin capabilities~@PluginsReviews@
|
||
~Označovanie súborov~@SelectFiles@
|
||
|
||
~Panel rýchleho zobrazenia~@QViewPanel@
|
||
~Panely~@Panels@
|
||
~Plugin commands~@PluginCommands@
|
||
~Plugin selection menu~@ChoosePluginMenu@
|
||
~Plugins configuration~@PluginsConfig@
|
||
~Plugins manager settings~@PluginsManagerSettings@
|
||
~Podpora prídavných modulov (plugins)~@Plugins@
|
||
~Popis súborov~@FileDiz@
|
||
~Porovnanie adresárov~@CompFolders@
|
||
~Potvrdzovanie (Confirmations)~@ConfirmDlg@
|
||
~Prepínanie obrazoviek~@ScrSwitch@
|
||
~Prepínače použiteľné z príkazového riadku~@CmdLine@
|
||
~Príkazy na ovládanie panelov~@PanelCmd@
|
||
~Príkazy pre prácu so súbormi a servisné príkazy~@FuncCmd@
|
||
~Príkazy pre príkazový riadok~@CmdLineCmd@
|
||
|
||
~Regular expressions in replace~@RegExpRepl@
|
||
~Regular expressions~@RegExp@
|
||
~Rename code page~@EditCodePageNameDlg@
|
||
~Request administrative rights~@ElevationDlg@
|
||
|
||
~Screen grabber~@Grabber@
|
||
~Settings dialog: AutoComplete~@AutoCompleteSettings@
|
||
~Settings dialog: command line~@CmdlineSettings@
|
||
~Settings dialog: dialogs~@DialogSettings@
|
||
~Skratky k adresárom~@FolderShortcuts@
|
||
~Skupiny triedenia~@SortGroups@
|
||
~Sort criteria~@PanelSortCriteria@
|
||
~Sort modes~@PanelCmdSort@
|
||
~Special commands~@SpecCmd@
|
||
~Special symbols~@MetaSymbols@
|
||
~Stromový panel~@TreePanel@
|
||
~Súborový panel~@FilePanel@
|
||
|
||
~Tree settings~@TreeSettings@
|
||
~Typy súborov: editing~@FileAssocModify@
|
||
|
||
~Užívateľské menu~@UserMenu@
|
||
|
||
~Version information~@FarAbout@
|
||
~Viewer: go to specified position~@ViewerGotoPos@
|
||
~Viewer: search~@ViewerSearch@
|
||
~Viewer: view modes~@ViewerMode@
|
||
~Vyhľadanie adresára~@FindFolder@
|
||
~Vykonaj príkaz~@ApplyCmd@
|
||
|
||
~Zabudovaný prezerač: control keys~@Viewer@
|
||
~Zmena jednotky~@DriveDlg@
|
||
~Zoznam úloh~@TaskList@
|
||
~Zvýrazňovanie súborov~@HighlightEdit@
|
||
|
||
~far:config Codepages.NoAutoDetectCP~@Codepages.NoAutoDetectCP@
|
||
~far:config Confirmations.EscTwiceToInterrupt~@Confirmations.EscTwiceToInterrupt@
|
||
~far:config Dialog.CBoxMaxHeight~@Dialog.CBoxMaxHeight@
|
||
~far:config Editor.AddUnicodeBOM~@Editor.AddUnicodeBOM@
|
||
~far:config Editor.AllowEmptySpaceAfterEof~@Editor.AllowEmptySpaceAfterEof@
|
||
~far:config Editor.BSLikeDel~@Editor.BSLikeDel@
|
||
~far:config Editor.CharCodeBase~@Editor.CharCodeBase@
|
||
~far:config Editor.F8CPs~@Editor.F8CPs@
|
||
~far:config Editor.FileSizeLimit~@Editor.FileSizeLimit@
|
||
~far:config Editor.KeepEditorEOL~@Editor.KeepEditorEOL@
|
||
~far:config Editor.NewFileUnixEOL~@Editor.NewFileUnixEOL@
|
||
~far:config Editor.ReadOnlyLock~@Editor.ReadOnlyLock@
|
||
~far:config Editor.UndoDataSize~@Editor.UndoDataSize@
|
||
~far:config Help.ActivateURL~@Help.ActivateURL@
|
||
~far:config History.*~@History.Config@
|
||
~far:config Interface.AltF9~@Interface.AltF9@
|
||
~far:config Interface.CursorSizeX~@Interface.CursorSize@
|
||
~far:config Interface.DelHighlightSelected~@Interface.DelHighlightSelected@
|
||
~far:config Interface.DelShowSelected~@Interface.DelShowSelected@
|
||
~far:config Interface.FormatNumberSeparators~@Interface.FormatNumberSeparators@
|
||
~far:config Interface.RedrawTimeout~@Interface.RedrawTimeout@
|
||
~far:config Interface.ViewerTitleFormat, Interface.EditorTitleFormat~@TitleFormat@
|
||
~far:config Macros.ShowPlayIndicator~@Macros.ShowPlayIndicator@
|
||
~far:config Panel.CtrlAltShiftRule~@Panel.CtrlAltShiftRule@
|
||
~far:config Panel.CtrlFRule~@Panel.CtrlFRule@
|
||
~far:config Panel.Layout.ScrollbarMenu~@Panel.Layout.ScrollbarMenu@
|
||
~far:config Panel.RightClickRule~@Panel.RightClickRule@
|
||
~far:config Panel.ShellRightLeftArrowsRule~@Panel.ShellRightLeftArrowsRule@
|
||
~far:config Panel.ShortcutAlwaysChdir~@Panel.ShortcutAlwaysChdir@
|
||
~far:config Panel.Tree.TurnOffCompletely~@Panel.Tree.TurnOffCompletely@
|
||
~far:config Policies.ShowHiddenDrives~@Policies.ShowHiddenDrives@
|
||
~far:config System.AllCtrlAltShiftRule~@System.AllCtrlAltShiftRule@
|
||
~far:config System.CASRule~@System.CASRule@
|
||
~far:config System.CmdHistoryRule~@System.CmdHistoryRule@
|
||
~far:config System.ConsoleDetachKey~@System.ConsoleDetachKey@
|
||
~far:config System.CopyBufferSize~@System.CopyBufferSize@
|
||
~far:config System.CopySecurityOptions~@System.CopySecurityOptions@
|
||
~far:config System.CopyTimeRule~@System.CopyTimeRule@
|
||
~far:config System.ExcludeCmdHistory~@System.ExcludeCmdHistory@
|
||
~far:config System.Executor.ComspecArguments~@System.Executor.ComspecArguments@
|
||
~far:config System.Executor.ExcludeCmds~@System.Executor.ExcludeCmds@
|
||
~far:config System.Executor.RestoreCP~@System.Executor.RestoreCP@
|
||
~far:config System.MsWheelDelta* & System.MsHWheelDelta*~@System.MsWheelDelta@
|
||
~far:config System.PluginMaxReadData~@System.PluginMaxReadData@
|
||
~far:config System.QuotedName~@System.QuotedName@
|
||
~far:config System.QuotedSymbols~@System.QuotedSymbols@
|
||
~far:config System.SetAttrFolderRules~@System.SetAttrFolderRules@
|
||
~far:config System.ShowCheckingFile~@System.ShowCheckingFile@
|
||
~far:config System.SubstNameRule~@System.SubstNameRule@
|
||
~far:config System.SubstPluginPrefix~@System.SubstPluginPrefix@
|
||
~far:config System.WipeSymbol~@System.WipeSymbol@
|
||
~far:config System.WordDiv~@System.WordDiv@
|
||
~far:config Viewer.SearchWrapStop~@Viewer.SearchWrapStop@
|
||
~far:config XLat.Flags~@XLat.Flags@
|
||
~far:config XLat.Layouts~@XLat.Layouts@
|
||
~far:config XLat.Rules~@XLat.Rules@
|
||
~far:config XLat.Tables~@XLat.Tables@
|
||
~far:config XLat.WordDivForXlat~@XLat.WordDivForXlat@
|
||
|
||
~Úprava módov zobrazenia súborov~@PanelViewModes@
|
||
|
||
~Ťahaj a pusť súbory~@DragAndDrop@
|